WO2018228565A1 - Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size - Google Patents
Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2018228565A1 WO2018228565A1 PCT/CN2018/091658 CN2018091658W WO2018228565A1 WO 2018228565 A1 WO2018228565 A1 WO 2018228565A1 CN 2018091658 W CN2018091658 W CN 2018091658W WO 2018228565 A1 WO2018228565 A1 WO 2018228565A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- rbg
- size
- subset
- bandwidth
- information
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L27/00—Modulated-carrier systems
- H04L27/26—Systems using multi-frequency codes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
Definitions
- the present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a resource block group size.
- a Resource Block Group is a set of consecutive centralized virtual resource blocks (VRBs).
- the RBG size indicates the number of VRBs included in each RBG.
- the virtual resource block may be a physical resource block (PRB), or may be an RB after the PRB performs a specific rule conversion, or may be an RB in a normal sense.
- the RBG size is a fixed size determined according to the system bandwidth. For example, when the system bandwidth is less than or equal to 10 RBs, the RBG size is 1 RB, that is, one RB is an RBG; When the size is 11 to 26 RBs, the RBG size is 2 RBs, that is, two RBs are one RBG.
- the system bandwidth can be 100M, 400M, 500M, etc., and one system bandwidth can be divided into one or more bandwidth parts (Band Width Part, BWP or BP).
- BWP Band Width Part
- BPs may adopt different frame structure parameters (such as subcarrier spacing and/or CP length, etc.), and use time slots or minislots as scheduling units.
- frame structure parameters such as subcarrier spacing and/or CP length, etc.
- time slots or minislots as scheduling units.
- different frame structures may result in different numbers of RBs in the BP of the same size, and the time domain scheduling resources in the NR can be flexibly scheduled. Therefore, determining the fixed size RBG according to the system bandwidth in LTE cannot meet the requirements of the 5G NR. .
- the embodiment of the present application provides a method and an apparatus for determining an RBG size, so that scheduling flexibility of an RBG size is higher.
- the present application provides a method for determining an RBG size, in which a network device or a terminal determines a set of RBG sizes, and may include one or more possible RBG sizes in the set of RBG sizes. And determining a first RBG size included in the set of RBG sizes.
- the network device allocates resources for the terminal by using the determined first RBG size.
- the terminal determines, according to the determined first RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
- the network device or the terminal determines the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
- the network device allocates resources to the terminal using the determined RBG size.
- the terminal determines, according to the determined RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
- the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or a terminal, where the apparatus for determining an RBG size includes a unit or means for performing various steps performed by the network device or terminal involved in the above first aspect. (means).
- the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or terminal, including at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is configured to store programs and data, the at least one storage element A processing element is used to perform the method provided in the first aspect of the application.
- the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, applied to a network device or terminal, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
- the present application provides a program for determining an RBG size, the program being used to perform the method of the above first aspect when executed by a processor.
- a program product such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the fifth aspect is provided.
- the set of RBG sizes determined by the network device or the terminal includes one or more possible RBG sizes, so that the RBG size is determined and the flexibility is higher.
- the network device determines the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like, and determines a fixed-size RBG according to the system bandwidth separately, which can be determined.
- the RBG has more types and flexibility, and can meet the needs of 5G NR.
- the network device or the terminal indicates the various possible RBG sizes by using a set manner of determining the RBG size, and the signaling overhead can be reduced in a manner of indicating the multiple RBG sizes separately.
- the network device or the terminal may determine the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. size.
- the network device or the terminal may determine the size of the RBG implicitly or displayed. For example, in an implicit determination mode, the network device or the terminal may preset the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature. The network device may directly determine the corresponding RBG size according to at least one of scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
- the network device or terminal may determine the size of the RBG according to the signaling indication.
- the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information includes resource information that has a preset correspondence relationship with the RBG size, for example, control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, and channel characteristics. At least one of each system bandwidth information and each service characteristic.
- the terminal receives the configuration information sent by the network device, and determines the RBG size according to the configuration information.
- the network device may also send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of the RBG.
- the terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and determines the size of the RBG according to the first indication information.
- the network device or the terminal may determine the set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
- the network device or the terminal may implicitly or display a set of determined RBG sizes.
- the network device or the terminal may preset a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature.
- the network device can directly determine the set of corresponding RBG sizes according to at least one of scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
- the network device or terminal may determine a set of RBG sizes according to the signaling indication. For example, if the network device determines the size of the first RBG, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the size of the first RBG, and the terminal receives the indication information sent by the network device, and the RBG size may be determined according to the indication information. The size of the first RBG in the collection. Further, the network device may further send configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes, the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and determines a set of RBG sizes according to the received configuration information.
- the indication information and the configuration information may be sent to the terminal through high layer signaling or physical layer information.
- the indication information and the configuration information may use the same signaling or different signaling. If the indication information and the configuration information are sent by using different signaling, for example, the configuration information is sent to the terminal through the RRC signaling, and the indication information is sent to the terminal through the DCI, and the configuration information is not carried in the DCI, so the DCI can be saved to some extent. Signaling overhead.
- control channel information includes one or a combination of: control channel format information, control channel content information, and control channel scrambling information.
- the signal transmission feature includes information or a channel used by the network device to allocate resources by using the determined RBG size, and the information or channel includes one or a combination of the following: system information, broadcast information, cell level information, public information, user-specific information, Group information.
- the channel characteristics include characteristics of information used by the network device to allocate resources using the determined RBG size.
- the information of the BP includes one or a combination of the following: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP.
- the service features include at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service.
- the network device or the terminal may further determine a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located, and the subset of BP refers to each part that continues to divide the BP, and the determined subset of BP can be determined. To the extent that the accuracy of determining the position of the bitmap is improved.
- the network device or the terminal may determine, according to the subset information, a subset of the BPs in which the resources allocated by the terminal are located, and determine the subset information.
- the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
- the subset information may be determined according to the RBG size, or may be predefined. According to the RBG size, when the subset of BP is determined, the correspondence between the RBG size and the BP subset may be determined according to the resource requirements of the specific scheduling.
- the network device or the terminal may further determine, according to at least one of the control channel information, the signal transmission feature, the BP information, the channel feature, the system bandwidth information, the service feature, and the like, a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located.
- the network device or the terminal may preset a subset of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature, and the network device may be configured according to the scheduled control channel.
- a subset of each of the corresponding BPs is directly determined by at least one of information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
- the BP subset may comprise a plurality of consecutive or non-contiguous RBs.
- the subset of BP in the embodiment of the present application includes a plurality of non-contiguous RBs, which can reduce the occurrence of resource fragments to some extent, and can also improve the diversity gain.
- the RBG determined by the network device or the terminal may include multiple consecutive RBs or multiple non-contiguous RBs.
- the interval between the RBs included in the non-contiguous RBG may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling.
- a continuous or non-contiguous RBG, and a subset of consecutive or non-contiguous BPs may be arbitrarily combined, and the RBs included in the non-contiguous RBG may be located in a subset of the same BP, or may be located in different BPs. Between the subsets.
- the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and the BP subset are consecutive, and at least one of the four processes may be determined in an implicit manner, or at least one of the four processes may be determined by using a display manner. .
- the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and whether the BP subset is continuous during the implementation process, indicating the first indication information of the RBG size and the information indicating the BP subset information.
- the second indication information, the third indication information indicating whether the BP subset is continuous, and the fourth indication information indicating whether the RBG is continuous may be respectively indicated by the network device to the terminal, or at least two of the four indication information may be jointly indicated.
- Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the division of BP in the system bandwidth
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of multi-antenna station cooperative transmission or single cell transmission
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for determining a RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BPs including multiple consecutive RBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BPs including multiple non-contiguous RBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource allocation of a BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- 16 is a schematic diagram of a combination manner of an RBG size and a subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application
- FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another combination manner of RBG size and subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another combination manner of RBG size and subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource partitioning of a BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 20 is a flowchart of another method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the terminal also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc.
- UE user equipment
- MS mobile station
- MT mobile terminal
- Devices for example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, and the like.
- terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality.
- MIDs mobile internet devices
- VR virtual reality
- augmented reality, AR augmented reality, AR
- wireless terminals in industrial control wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
- a radio access network is a part of a network that connects a terminal to a wireless network.
- a RAN node is a node (or device) in a radio access network, which may also be referred to as a base station.
- RAN nodes are: a continuation of evolved Node B (gNB), a transmission reception point (TRP), an evolved Node B (eNB), and a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB) , a base band unit (BBU), or a wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP).
- the RAN may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node.
- This structure separates the protocol layer of the eNB in the long term evolution (LTE) system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled in the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU by the CU. Centrally control the DU.
- LTE long term evolution
- Multiple means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "and/or”, describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately.
- the character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
- Interaction refers to the process in which the two parties exchange information with each other.
- the information transmitted here may be the same or different.
- the two parties are the base station 1 and the base station 2, and the base station 1 may request information from the base station 2, and the base station 2 provides the base station 1 with the information requested by the base station 1.
- the base station 1 and the base station 2 may request information from each other, and the information requested here may be the same or different.
- Resource Block Group refers to a combination of at least one Resource Block (RBG).
- the RBG Size refers to the number of RBs included in the RBG.
- the set of RBG sizes refers to at least A collection of RBG sizes.
- Band Width Part is the part of a system bandwidth. Divide a system bandwidth into one or more parts. Each part of the division can be called a BP. As shown in Figure 1, a system bandwidth of 60M is divided into four parts: 10M, 10M, 20M and 20M. Then, four BPs including BP1, BP2, BP3, and BP4 are obtained.
- the subset of BP refers to the parts that continue to divide BP. For example, BP1 in FIG. 1 continues to be divided into a plurality of parts, and each part may be referred to as a subset of BP1.
- the communication system has evolved into the fifth generation (5G) new wireless communication system (New Radio, NR).
- 5G new wireless communication system
- the fixed size RBG size determined according to the system bandwidth cannot meet the various communication in 5G NR.
- the business needs different RBG sizes.
- the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining an RBG size, in which a method for flexibly determining an RBG size according to actual communication service requirements is provided.
- the network device or the terminal may determine an RBG size set including one or more RBG sizes, and determine an RBG size that satisfies the actual communication service requirement in the set, to meet a plurality of types of service requirements to a certain extent, and the scheduling flexibility is higher.
- the network device or the terminal may determine the size of the RBG according to the control channel information, the signal transmission feature, the BP information, and the like, and determine the fixed size RBG according to the system bandwidth separately, and the type of the RBG size that can be determined is more, and the flexibility is more. Large, able to meet the needs of 5G NR.
- the method and device for determining the RBG size provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable to a wireless communication network, and the scenario of the 5G NR network in the wireless communication network is taken as an example for description. It should be noted that the solution in the embodiment of the present application is It can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names can be replaced by the names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
- CoMP Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission
- MIMO multi-output
- the method and device for determining the RBG size are applicable to scenarios of a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network, and a frequency division duplex (FDD) system and a time division duplex ( Time division duplex (TDD) systems or flexible duplex systems are suitable, and are suitable for both low frequency scenes (such as sub 6G) and high frequency scenes (such as 6G or higher).
- FDD frequency division duplex
- TDD Time division duplex
- the embodiment of the present application has no limitation on the transmission point, and may be multi-point coordinated transmission between the macro base station and the macro base station, or coordinated multi-point transmission between the micro base station and the micro base station, or between the macro base station and the micro base station.
- Point coordinated transmission or multi-point coordinated transmission between different transmission points, or multi-point coordinated transmission of different panels of the same transmission point, and may also be multi-point coordinated transmission between the terminal and the terminal.
- the application is also applicable to communication between a terminal and a terminal. In the following embodiments of the present application, the communication between the network device and the terminal is taken as an example for description.
- FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 3, the method includes:
- the network device determines an RBG size.
- the network device may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
- the control channel information includes one or a combination of: control channel format information, control channel content information, and control channel scrambling information.
- the control channel format information may be a Downlink Control Information (DCI format), such as format 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3, 4, 5, etc. in LTE.
- DCI format Downlink Control Information
- the control channel content information refers to content information transmitted by the control channel, such as system information, system information block (SIB), uplink control channel information, downlink control channel information, common control information, cell-specific control information, and user Level control information, user group control information, etc.
- the control channel scrambling information refers to information used to scramble the control channel, and may be a cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell RNTI, C-RNTI), a paging radio network temporary identifier (Paging RNTI, P-RNTI), and a system.
- Cell RNTI Cell radio network temporary identifier
- Paging RNTI P-RNTI
- Information Radio Network Temporary Identifier System Information RNTI, SI-RNTI
- T-CRNTI Temporary-Cell RNTI
- Cell Identity User Identity
- Virtual Cell Identity Transmission Point Identifier
- Virtual User logo etc.
- the signal transmission feature can be understood as the information or channel used by the network device to allocate resources by using the determined RBG size, and the information or channel includes one or a combination of the following: system information, broadcast information, cell level information, and public information. , user-specific information, group information.
- the channel feature can be understood as a feature that the network device uses the allocated RBG size allocated resources for carrying information, such as transmit diversity transmission, spatial multiplexing transmission, open loop transmission, closed transmission, wide beam transmission, and narrow beam transmission. At least one of single stream transmission, multi-stream transmission, single cell transmission, and multi-point coordinated transmission.
- the information of the BP includes one or a combination of the following: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP.
- the carrier frequency information may refer to the spectrum information or the frequency band information where the BP is located.
- the frame structure information may refer to subcarrier spacing, CP length, number of symbols included in the slot, number of symbols included in the minislot, short transmission time, long transmission time, slot level scheduling, mini slot scheduling, slot aggregation scheduling , mini-slot aggregation scheduling, time slot and mini-slot aggregation scheduling, and the like.
- System bandwidth information can be understood as bandwidth information of system bandwidth, carrier frequency information of system bandwidth, and frame structure information of system bandwidth.
- the carrier frequency information and the frame structure information are understood as above.
- the service feature can be understood as at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service.
- the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature may be preset, and then the network device may be configured according to the scheduled control channel information. And at least one of a signal transmission feature, a BP information, a channel feature, a system bandwidth information, and a service feature, and directly determine respective RBG sizes.
- the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the control channel format information as an example.
- each control channel format and the RBG size is preset.
- the RBG size corresponding to it may be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs.
- the RBG size can be preset to be any of 8 RBs and 4 RBs.
- the preset RBG size for DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D may be one of 8 RBs, 6 RBs, 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB.
- RBG size corresponding to each control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited.
- the RBG size is determined according to the control channel format that is scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1a, it may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1C, and the preset RBG size of the DCI format 1C is 8 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the DCI format 1C is preset. In the case where the RBG size is 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
- the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the signal transmission feature as an example.
- the correspondence between each signal transmission characteristic or signal or channel and the RBG size is preset.
- the RBG size corresponding to the system information/channel may be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs.
- the RBG size may be preset to any one of 8 RBs and 4 RBs for the broadcast channel.
- the preset RBG size is one of 8 RBs, 6 RBs, 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB for a unicast channel or a physical downlink shared channel or a physical uplink shared channel.
- RBG size corresponding to each signal transmission feature in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto.
- the RBG size is determined based on the signal transmission characteristics of the desired scheduling. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is system information, it may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a broadcast channel, if the preset RBG size of the broadcast channel is 8 RBs, the network device may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the preset RBG size of the broadcast channel. In the case of 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
- the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a unicast channel, and the RBG size of the unicast channel is 8 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the unicast channel is preset. In the case where the RBG size is 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
- the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the signal transmission feature and the control channel format information as an example.
- each signal transmission characteristic or signal or channel and control channel format and RBG size is preset.
- the RBG size corresponding thereto can be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs.
- the RBG size can be preset to be any of 8 RBs and 4 RBs.
- the preset RBG size is 8 RBs and 6 RBs.
- the RBG size may be preset to one of 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB.
- the RBG size corresponding to the combination of each of the signal transmission features and the control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited.
- the RBG size is determined according to the signal transmission characteristics and control channel formats that are scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is system information and the control channel format is format 1a, the RBG size may be determined to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For another example, the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a broadcast channel and the control channel format is format 1a, and the network device can determine that the broadcast channel and the control channel format are format 1a and the preset RBG size is 8 RBs. The RBG size is 8 RBs, and the broadcast channel and the control channel format are format 1a. The preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
- the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is a unicast channel and the control control channel format is format 1a, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 1a, and the preset RBG size is 8 RBs, and the network The device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 1a.
- the preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
- the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a unicast channel and the control control channel format is format 2d, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 2d, and the preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network The device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 2d.
- the preset RBG size is 1 RB, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 1 RB.
- the method for determining the RBG size may be used to determine the corresponding RBG size according to the actual scheduled service requirement, instead of determining the same RBG size for all services under a certain system bandwidth, to a certain extent. Increased flexibility in resource scheduling.
- the network device determines that the resource allocated by the terminal is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located.
- the network device determines that the resource allocated by the terminal is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located, and enables the network device to accurately determine the resource location of the bitmap, thereby accurately allocating resources to the terminal.
- the process for the network device to determine the subset of the BP may be determined in a manner similar to the foregoing determining the RBG size.
- each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, and each BP may be preset.
- Each channel characteristic, each system bandwidth information, each service feature, and the like corresponds to a subset of BP, and then the network device can be based on scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and At least one of the business characteristics, etc., directly determines a subset of the respective corresponding BPs.
- the implementation process of determining the subset of BP by the foregoing network device is still illustrated by taking the control channel format information as an example.
- each control channel format and a subset of BP is preset.
- a subset of BPs corresponding thereto can be preset to be the entire BP.
- the subset of BP that can be preset for DCI format 1C is either 1BP or 1/2BP.
- a subset of preset BPs such as DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D is one of 1BP, 1/2BP, 1/4BP, and 1/8BP.
- BPs corresponding to each control channel format may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto.
- a subset of BP is determined based on the desired control channel format. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1a, then it can be determined that the subset of BP is the entire BP. For another example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1C, and the subset of the preset BP of the DCI format 1C is 1 BP, the network device can determine that the subset of the BP is the entire BP, and the DCI format 1C is pre- In the case where the subset of BP is set to 1/2 BP, the network device can determine that the subset of BP is 1/2 BP.
- the network device may further determine a size of the subset of the BP according to the size of the RBG.
- the correspondence between the RBG size and the BP subset may be determined according to the resource requirements of the specific scheduling.
- the control channel format is still taken as an example.
- the format of the control channel for the scheduling is DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D.
- the RBG size is 8 RBs, it can be determined that the subset of BP is the entire BP.
- the RBG size is 4 RBs, and it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/2 BP.
- the RBG size is 2 RBs, it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/4 BP.
- the RBG size is 1 RB, and it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/8 BP, as shown in FIG.
- the network device may determine one of the RBG size and a subset of the BP in the foregoing manner, and the other may be determined by signaling, for example, by using high layer signaling or physical layer signaling.
- the high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (RRC) signaling or a medium access control (MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) or other signaling, and the specific signaling is not performed here. limited.
- the physical layer signaling may be downlink control information or the like.
- the subset of BPs involved in the foregoing embodiments may include multiple consecutive RBs, and may also include multiple discontinuous RBs.
- the RBG size is 4 RBs
- the subset of BP is 1/2 BP as an example.
- FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a subset of BP including a plurality of consecutive RBs.
- Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram of a subset of BP comprising a plurality of non-contiguous RBs.
- the subset of BP in the embodiment of the present application includes a plurality of non-contiguous RBs, which can reduce the occurrence of resource fragments to some extent, and can also improve the diversity gain. For example, when a network device allocates resources, if a subset of BP is a continuous RB, if a small part of resources remain in one subset and a small part of resources remain in another subset, it cannot be different at this time. The resources in the subset are allocated to one terminal, thus causing resource fragmentation.
- the subset of BP can be continuous or non-contiguous, when resource allocation is performed, if a small part of resources remain in one subset and a small part of resources remain in the other subset, then no Continuous RBs form a BP subset, so multiple distributed resources can be distributed to one terminal, reducing resource fragmentation.
- the subset of BPs can be non-contiguous RBs, RBs located at different locations can be assigned to one terminal when resource allocation is performed. Different RB channel characteristics at different locations can provide frequency diversity gain and improve communication performance.
- the RBG determined by the network device may include multiple consecutive RBs or multiple non-contiguous RBs. In other words, the RBG may be continuous or non-contiguous.
- the combination between a continuous or non-contiguous RBG and a subset of continuous or non-contiguous BP may have the following situations:
- consecutive RBs constitute RBG, and continuous RB/RBG constitutes a subset of BP;
- consecutive RBs constitute RBG, and non-contiguous RB/RBGs constitute a subset of BP;
- non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, and consecutive RBs/RBGs form a subset of BPs;
- Non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, and non-contiguous RBs/RBGs form a subset of BPs.
- one RBG composed of the non-contiguous RBs may be located in a subset of the same BP, or may be located between different subsets of BPs, for example, There may be the following situations:
- non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, consecutive RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located in a subset of the same BP;
- non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located in a subset of the same BP;
- non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, consecutive RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs;
- Non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and the first of BP The subset of the subset and the second subset of BP are contiguous.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are contiguous.
- the first subset of BPs including non-contiguous RBGs separated by one RB, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are contiguous.
- the first subset of BPs including non-contiguous RBGs separated by three RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and the second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- the first subset of non-contiguous BPs including non-contiguous RBGs that are spaced apart by two RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in a second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- first subset of non-contiguous BPs including non-contiguous RBGs separated by one RB, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
- FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- first subset of non-contiguous BPs including non-contiguous RBGs separated by three RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
- FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP.
- the second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and the second part of the RBG of the second part (half) RB are consecutive, in the second subset of non-contiguous BP
- a continuous RBG is included, and the RBG is located between a subset of different BPs.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP.
- the second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and each part (each half) of the RBG of the second part are composed of non-contiguous RBs separated by one RB,
- a second subset of consecutive BPs includes consecutive RBGs, and the RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application.
- a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous.
- a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP.
- the second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and each part (each half) of the RBG of the second part are composed of non-contiguous RBs separated by three RBs,
- the second subset of non-contiguous BPs includes consecutive RBGs, and the RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
- the combination manner of the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP in the embodiment of the present application may have multiple implementation manners, for example, including a continuous RB/RBG for the BP subset, and the RBG includes In the case of consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, and 4 RB cases, the combination of the RBG size and the subset allocation of BP can be as shown in FIG. 16. In this case, the RBG size and BP There are a total of seven combinations of combinations of subset assignments.
- the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, 4 RBs, and 8 RBs. In the case, there are a total of 15 combinations of combinations of RBG size and BP subset allocation.
- the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP are combined, Can be as shown in Figure 17.
- Figure 17 there are a total of 14 combinations of combinations of RBG size and subset allocation of BP.
- the BP subset includes consecutive RBs and the RBG includes consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, 4 RBs, and 8 RBs, There are a total of 30 combinations of combinations of RBG size and BP subset allocation.
- the RBG is divided into consecutive RBs in each BP subset to form an RBG size.
- the RBG size is 4 RBs
- the first 4 RBs of the 8 RBs form one RBG
- the last 4 RBs form one RBG.
- the RBGs in the embodiments of the present application can be non-contiguous, so each RB constituting one RBG can be randomly selected, for example, as shown in FIG. 18.
- the interval of the RBs in the foregoing non-contiguous RBG in the embodiment of the present application may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling.
- the two RBs may be one RBG, or one RB may be one RBG, or may be three RBs.
- the non-contiguous allocation method may be used, which may be a protocol pre-defined. It can also be determined by means of signaling.
- the subset information in order to determine a subset of the BPs in which the resources allocated to the terminal are located, the subset information needs to be determined.
- the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
- the resource partitioning method of the foregoing subset may be multiple.
- the resource partitioning method of the subset may be determined according to the size of the RBG, or may be predefined, or the network device may notify the terminal by signaling.
- the specific signaling may be a high layer signal or a physical layer signaling.
- the high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (RRC) signaling or a medium access control (MAC) control element (Control Element) (CE) or other signaling, which is not limited herein.
- the physical layer signaling may be downlink control information or the like.
- the method for dividing a resource of a specific subset may include dividing a continuous subset and/or dividing a non-contiguous subset.
- BP For continuous subset partitioning, the following method may be included. If BP is to be divided into N subsets, BP may be equally divided into N shares, each of which represents a subset. For example, if one BP includes 20 RBs, the first to fifth RBs are the first subset, the sixth to tenth RBs are the second subset, and the eleventh to fifteenth RBs are the third subset. The subset, the sixteenth to the twentieth RB are the fourth subset.
- the BP may be first divided into a plurality of consecutive parts, and then one or more non-contiguous parts are selected as a subset.
- Each part includes one or more RB/RBGs.
- the correspondence between the specific part and the subset may be predefined or signaled.
- the subset may be first divided into M parts, and M may be predefined or notified, or may be related to the size of the RBG. For example, if the size of the RBG is 8 (or the size of the system's largest RBG or the size of the largest RBG currently available), there may be only one part, only one subset.
- the size of the RBG is 4 (or half of the size of the largest RBG of the system or half of the size of the largest RBG currently available), it may be divided into 4 parts, corresponding to 2 subsets.
- the correspondence between the specific part and the subset may be that the first part and the third part correspond to the first subset, the second part and the fourth part correspond to the second subset; or the correspondence between the part and the subset may be The first part and the fourth part correspond to the first subset, and the second part and the third part correspond to the second subset.
- the specific correspondence is not limited herein.
- the BP may be first divided into multiple RBGs, and the current maximum RBG size or the currently available maximum RBG size is divided. For example, if a BP includes 32 RBs and the system has a maximum RBG size of 8 RBs, one BP can be divided into 4 parts, and a subset of BPs is determined according to the actually used RBG size. If the actual RBG size is 8 RBs, the entire BP is a subset. If the actual RBG size is 4 RBs, the BP can be divided into two subsets. The selection of RBs that can be performed in each subset can be implemented in multiple manners, such as several modes in FIG.
- the first four RBs in each one form the first subset of BP
- the last four RBs in each one constitute the second subset of BP.
- the first three RBs and the last one RB in each one are formed into a first subset
- the fourth RB to the seventh RB in each one constitute a second subset.
- the second RB, the fourth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB in each copy constitute the first subset
- the first RB and the third RB in each one are included.
- the 5th RB and the 6th RB form a second subset.
- the first RB, the second RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB in each of the first RBs are combined into a first subset, and the third RB and the fourth RB in each one are included.
- the 5th RB and the 6th RB form a second subset.
- the first RB, the third RB, the fifth RB, and the seventh RB in each of the first RBs will be composed, and the second RB and the fourth in each one will be
- the RB, the sixth RB, and the eighth RB form a second subset. It can be known that the RBs in each subset in the embodiment of the present application can be randomly selected in each one.
- the positions of the RBs in each of the above methods are consistent, but in actual implementation, the positions of the RBs in each of the same subset may be inconsistent, for example, in the sixth method, the first one may be The first RB, the fifth RB, the sixth RB, and the seventh RB, the first RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the fifth RB in the second, in the third The first RB, the fifth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB, and the third RB, the fifth RB, the sixth RB, and the seventh RB in the fourth part constitute the first subset And the second RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the eighth RB in the first share, the second RB, the sixth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth in the second RB, the second RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the sixth RB in the third, the first RB, the second RB, the fourth RB, and the eighth in the fourth The RBs form the second sub
- the method for dividing the subset described above may be predefined or signaled.
- the number of subset partitions may be predefined or may be signaled. Or the number of the subsets may be determined according to the size of the RBG.
- the number of subset partitions may be a BP bandwidth/RBG size, and the value obtained by rounding up. For example, if a BP includes 32 RBs and the RBG size is 4 RBs, the BP can be divided into 8 subsets. If a BP includes 32 RBs and the RBG size is 2 RBs, the BP can be divided into 16 subsets.
- the specific indication method may be an indication of the subset or a bitmap of the indication subset.
- the identifier for the indication subset is as follows: If the BP is divided into 8 subsets, each subset is identified by a sequence number, and 1 subset is scheduled, the identifiers of a subset of the 8 subsets may be indicated. For example, with 3 bits, for example, 000 represents the first subset, 001 represents the second subset, 010 represents the third subset, 011 represents the fourth subset, 100 represents the fifth subset, and 101 represents the sixth subset. , 110 represents the seventh subset, and 111 represents the eighth subset.
- bit bitmap for the indication subset is exemplified as follows: divided into 4 subsets, the bit bitmap can be indicated by 4 bits, for example, the first bit represents the first subset, and the second bit represents the second sub- Set, the third bit represents the third subset, and the fourth bit represents the fourth subset.
- bit value of 0 indicates that the subset is not selected
- bit value of 1 indicates the selected subset.
- bit value of 0 may indicate the selected subset
- bit value of 1 indicates that the subset is not selected.
- bit value is 0, the subset is not selected, the bit value is 1 to indicate the selected subset, then 0000 represents no subset; 0001 represents the fourth subset; 0010 represents the third subset; 0100 represents the second subset; Represents the first subset; 0011 represents the third subset and the fourth subset; 1100 represents the first subset and the second subset; 1001 represents the first subset and the fourth subset; 1010 represents the first a subset and a third subset; 0101 represents a second subset and a fourth subset; 0110 represents a second subset and a third subset; 0111 represents a second subset, a third subset, and a fourth subset; 1011 Represents the first subset, the third subset, and the fourth subset; 1110 represents the first subset, the second subset, and the third subset; 1101 represents the first subset, the second subset, and the fourth The subset and the fourth subset; 1111 represents the first subset, the second subset, the third subset
- the size of the RBG may also be determined according to the indicated subset partitioning method or determined according to information of the currently indicated subset. For example, if the subset is divided into one, the size of the RBG is 8; if the subset is divided into two, the size of the RBG is 4.
- the resource allocation method for the BP aggregation may be indicating the location of the specific BP, and then instructing to continue allocation for the resources on each BP.
- RBG can be cross-BP.
- Multiple BP resources can also perform resource partitioning of BP subsets uniformly, that is, a subset of BPs can be cross-BP. The specifics are not limited herein.
- step of determining the subset of BP in the step S102 in the embodiment of the present application is an optional step.
- S103 The network device determines a resource location of the bit bitmap.
- the network device may determine a resource location of the bitmap according to the determined RBG size and a subset of the BP.
- the implementation process of determining the resource location of the bit bitmap by the network device may be implemented by using existing technologies. For example, if the terminal determines that the subset information of the BP is full bandwidth and the RBG size is 8 RBs, the network device may determine that the first bit in the bitmap represents the first RBG, and the second bit represents the second RBG. RBG, and so on, and each RBG contains 8 RBs, except for the last RBG, so it is possible that the total number of RBs is not a multiple of 8.
- the network device can determine the meaning of the bits in the bitmap, for example, if the subset of BP is the second subset, That is, the latter half of the resource, the first bit of the bit bitmap represents the first RBG of the latter half of the resource, the second bit represents the second RBG of the latter half of the resource, and so on, and each RBG contains 4 RBs, except for the last RBG, so it is possible that the total number of RBs is not a multiple of four.
- S104 The network device allocates resources to the terminal by using the determined RBG size.
- the network device may allocate resources to the terminal by using the determined RBG size at the resource location corresponding to the determined bit bitmap.
- the network device adopts the foregoing method for determining the RBG size and the resource scheduling manner, and one or both of the bandwidth portion and the RBG size may be determined according to specific service scheduling requirements, and the scheduling is improved to some extent. flexibility.
- the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a method for implicitly determining the RBG size, and may also be determined by using a display mode, such as sending signaling to the network device by other devices. Indicates a specific RBG size, or indicates a resource that the network device needs to schedule, and the scheduled resource has a preset correspondence relationship with the RBG size.
- the following implicit manner is determined by using a predefined manner, such as a protocol, and the display mode is determined by using signaling information.
- S105 The terminal determines the RBG size.
- the terminal may determine the RBG size in an implicit manner similar to the network device, and details are not described herein.
- the terminal may also determine the RBG size by using a display manner.
- the network device may send configuration information or indication information to the terminal.
- the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information includes resource information that has a preset correspondence with the RBG size, for example, control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, and channel characteristics. At least one of each system bandwidth information and each service characteristic.
- S106b The terminal receives the configuration information sent by the network device, and determines the RBG size according to the configuration information.
- the terminal may preset the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, and each BP. After receiving the configuration information sent by the network device, the terminal has the RBG size included in the configuration information.
- the RBG size may be directly determined by preset control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics of the corresponding relationship.
- the network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of the RBG.
- the network device may directly send, to the terminal, first indication information indicating that the allocated resource occupies the RBG size.
- S107b The terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and determines the size of the RBG according to the first indication information.
- the implementation manner of determining the RBG size according to the configuration information by the terminal in S105a and S105b, and the implementation manner of determining the RBG size according to the configuration information by the terminal in S106a and S106b may be performed alternatively.
- S108 The terminal determines that the resource allocated by the network device is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located, to determine a resource location of the bitmap.
- the terminal may determine the subset of the BP implicitly, or determine the size of the subset of the BP according to the size of the RBG, and determine the size of the BP device according to the RBG size.
- the implementation process of the subset of BP is similar, and will not be described here.
- the terminal may also determine a subset of the BP in a display manner.
- the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the subset information of the BP.
- the terminal receives the second indication information sent by the network device, and according to the second indication information, the subset information of the BP may be determined.
- the network device may further send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the subset of the BP includes consecutive RBs or non-contiguous RBs.
- the network device may further send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the RBG includes consecutive RBs or non-contiguous RBs.
- the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and the BP subset are consecutive, and at least one of the four processes may be determined in an implicit manner, or at least one of It is determined by the display mode, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the first indicator information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information may be used by the terminal to determine whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, and the subset of the BPs are displayed in the display mode.
- the network device respectively indicates to the terminal, and at least two of the four indication information may also be jointly indicated.
- the network device may jointly indicate the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information by using the same cell information.
- the indication of the resource allocation of the BP may be implemented by using a bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap to indicate a bit bitmap, or a subset of the BP may be indicated by a bit.
- the way to allocate an index implements an indication of the resource allocation of the BP.
- one bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap may be used to indicate whether the subset of the currently scheduled BP is continuous or non-contiguous, for example, bit 0 represents continuous, and bit 1 represents discontinuity.
- bit 0 represents continuous
- bit 1 represents discontinuity.
- the bit value is 1, it indicates that the non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, wherein the method in which the non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs may be protocol pre-defined or configured by signaling, for example, by radio resource control (Radio Resource) Control, RRC) signaling configuration.
- RRC radio resource control
- three bits may also be used to indicate whether a subset of the BP and the RBG are consecutive, for example, whether the first bit indication is the first subset of BP or the second subset of BP, and the second The bit indication indicates whether four consecutive RBs are one RBG, or that the non-contiguous (such as two intervals) RB is one RBG. For example, if the resource allocation mode of the first subset of BP is a non-contiguous RBG of the first subset of BP, the resource allocation mode of the second subset of BP is a continuous RBG of the second subset of BP.
- the first bit takes a value of 0, it represents the first subset of BP; the first bit takes a value of 1, representing the second subset of BP. If the second bit takes a value of 0, it represents a continuous RBG; the second bit takes a value of 1, representing a non-contiguous RBG. Then the allocation of the first subset of BP is 01, and the allocation of the second subset of BP is 10. (The bit value is vice versa).
- the size of the RBG may be separately indicated. For example, if one RB, two RBs, four RBs, and eight RBs are supported, two bits are used to indicate the size of the specific RBG, or other values are This is not limited.
- the subset of the BP and the RBG may be jointly and jointly indicated, and the RBG size is separately indicated.
- two bits may also be used to indicate whether it is the first subset of BP or the second subset of BP, whether the subset of BP is discontinuous and whether the RBG is continuous.
- 010 a subset of discontinuous BP, non-contiguous RBG, the first subset of BP;
- 011 a subset of discontinuous BP, a non-contiguous RBG, and a second subset of BP;
- a subset of discontinuous BP, a continuous RBG, and a second subset of BP A subset of discontinuous BP, a continuous RBG, and a second subset of BP.
- the combination of the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP may be indicated by the bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap. For the combination mode shown in FIG. 16, if the RBG size and BP are correctly indicated. For subset allocation, 3 bits are required for indication. For the combination shown in FIG. 17, if the RBG size and the subset allocation of BP are correctly indicated, four bits are required for indication.
- a subset design of discontinuous bandwidth portions is designed, which can support subset resource allocation of non-contiguous bandwidth parts, avoid resource fragmentation, and obtain frequency diversity gain and improve transmission performance.
- the network device and the terminal determine the RBG size for each RBG size, a large signaling overhead is caused.
- the network device may determine a set of RBG sizes, include at least one RBG size in the set of RBG sizes, and determine a required scheduled RBG size in the set to reduce signaling. Overhead. For example, if there are 8 RBG sizes available, three bits are needed to indicate the RBG size, and if a set of RBG sizes can be determined first, the RBG size of the part is included in the set.
- the signaling overhead can be reduced by adopting a method of determining a set of RBG sizes.
- FIG. 20 is a flowchart of another method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 20, the method includes:
- the network device determines a set of RBG sizes.
- the determining the set of the RBG size includes determining the number of the RBG size and the specific value of the RBG size included in the set, for example, determining the RBG size set includes two types of values, where the two values are respectively It is 8 RBs and 4 RBs.
- a set can include one or more RBG sizes.
- the network device may determine the set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, and BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics. For example, the network device can determine a set of RBG sizes based on at least one of a control channel format, control channel content, and scrambling information for the control channel. The network device may also determine a set of RBG sizes based on the information that the allocated resources use for the bearer. The information includes system information, broadcast information, cell level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information. The network device may also determine a set of RBG sizes based on information of the bandwidth portion BP in which the allocated resources are located. The information of the BP includes at least one of the following: bandwidth information of the bandwidth portion, carrier frequency information of the bandwidth portion, and frame structure information of the bandwidth portion.
- a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature may be preset, and then the network device may be controlled according to scheduling.
- the channel information, the signal transmission characteristics, the information of the BP, the characteristics of each channel, the bandwidth information of each system, and at least one of each service feature, directly determine a set of respective RBG sizes.
- System bandwidth information can be understood as bandwidth information of system bandwidth, carrier frequency information of system bandwidth, and frame structure information of system bandwidth.
- the carrier frequency information and frame structure information are understood as above.
- the service feature can be understood as at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service.
- the channel feature can be understood as a feature of the network device using the determined RBG size allocated resources for carrying information, such as transmit diversity transmission, spatial multiplexing transmission, open loop transmission, closed transmission, wide beam transmission, narrow beam transmission, and single. At least one of streaming, multi-stream transmission, single-cell transmission, multi-point coordinated transmission, and the like.
- the correspondence between the control channel format and the set of RBG sizes may be preset in the embodiment of the present application.
- the set of RBG sizes corresponding to the DCI format 1a may be preset to include one RBG size, and the one RBG size is 8 RBs.
- the set of RBG sizes corresponding to the DCI format 1C may be preset to include two RBG sizes, and the two RBG sizes are 8 RBs and 4 RBs, respectively.
- the preset RBG size of the preset and the corresponding RBG size includes 4 RBG sizes, and the 4 RBG sizes are 8 RBs, 4 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 respectively. RB.
- the RBG size set corresponding to each control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto.
- the network device may determine the set of RBG sizes according to the control channel format that needs to be scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format to be scheduled is DCI format 1a, it may be determined that the set of RBG sizes includes 1 RBG size, and the 1 RBG size is 8 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format to be scheduled is DCI format 1C, it may be determined that the RBG size set includes two RBG sizes, and the two RBG sizes are 8 RBs and 4 RBs, respectively.
- the implementation manner of determining the RBG size set is similar to the foregoing implementation manner for determining the specific RBG size. Therefore, refer to the foregoing related description, and details are not described herein again.
- S202 The network device determines a size of the first RBG in the set of RBG sizes.
- the network device may determine the RBG size to be scheduled in the determined RBG size set according to the resource scheduling situation. For example, in a case where the remaining resources to be allocated are relatively concentrated or continuous or relatively large, an RBG size with a relatively large RBG size may be selected in the determined RBG size set, and the remaining resources to be allocated are dispersed or discrete or less. In the case of the RBG size set, the RBG size with a smaller RBG size value may be selected.
- the RBG size determined in the set of RBG sizes is distinguished, and the RBG size determined directly by using the manner involved in the foregoing embodiment, and the RBG size determined in the set of RBG sizes is called For the first RBG size.
- S203 The network device allocates resources to the terminal by using the determined first RBG size.
- the set of the corresponding RBG size may be determined according to the actual scheduled service requirement, and the RBG size set may include one or more RBG sizes, which improves the flexibility of resource scheduling to some extent.
- S204 The terminal determines a set of RBG sizes.
- the terminal may also determine a set of RBG sizes implicitly, and determine a first RBG size in the set, and determine, according to the first RBG size, the network device as described in the network device.
- the resources allocated by the terminal are not described here.
- the terminal may further determine the size of the first RBG in the set by using a display manner. For example, on the basis of the foregoing FIG. 20, the terminal may further include the following steps:
- S205 The network device sends indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal.
- the indication information is used to indicate the size of the first RBG.
- the configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes.
- the configuration information may not be sent, and the terminal device may determine the set of the RBG size by using an implicit method.
- the specific method is similar to the method determined by the network device, and details are not described herein.
- the indication information only indicates the RBG size in the set of RBG sizes. Signaling overhead can be reduced.
- the indication information may not be sent, and the terminal device may determine the RBG size by using an implicit method.
- the specific method is similar to the method determined by the network device, and details are not described herein. Signaling overhead can be reduced.
- S206 The terminal receives the indication information and/or the configuration information sent by the network device.
- the terminal determines, according to the indication information, a size of the first RBG in the set. And/or, the terminal determines a set of RBG sizes according to the configuration information.
- the terminal determines the implementation manner of the first RBG size by receiving the indication information and/or the configuration information sent by the network device, which may save signaling overhead to some extent.
- the indication information or configuration information may be sent to the terminal through high layer signaling (such as RRC signaling) or physical layer information (such as DCI signaling).
- the indication information and the configuration information may use the same signaling or different signaling, for example, the configuration information adopts high layer signaling, and the indication information uses physical layer signaling.
- the high-level signaling may be system-level or cell-level signaling, or may be user-level signaling, which is not limited herein.
- the terminal determines, according to the first RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
- the terminal determines the implementation manner of the first RBG size by receiving the configuration information and the indication information sent by the network device, and the configuration information is sent to the terminal through the RRC signaling, and the indication information is sent to the terminal through the DCI.
- the configuration information is carried in the DCI, so the DCI signaling overhead can be saved to some extent.
- the network device and the terminal may further determine a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located, where the network device and the terminal determine a specific implementation of the subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located.
- the subset of the BP may include multiple consecutive or non-contiguous RBs, and/or the RBG includes multiple consecutive or non-contiguous RBs.
- the specific implementation process refer to the foregoing embodiment. The related description is not repeated here.
- the network device or terminal may determine a set of RBG sizes based on the information of the BP.
- the information of the BP may include at least one of the following information: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP.
- the terminal or the network device stores a correspondence between a bandwidth of the BP and a set of RBG sizes, wherein the bandwidth of the BP may be represented by the number of resource blocks (RBs).
- the correspondence relationship is, for example, a correspondence between a BP-sized interval and a set of RBG sizes. It may also be a correspondence between a BP-sized interval and an RBG size. In this case, it can be understood that the set of RBG sizes has only one value.
- mapping between the BP-sized interval and the RBG-sized set of the terminal or the network device is used as an example.
- determining the set of the RBG size according to the bandwidth information of the BP may include the following steps, and may be performed by the terminal or the network device:
- the interval of the first BP size is the interval in which the size of the BP is located, and the size of the BP is the bandwidth of the BP, which may be in units of RBs.
- the size of the BP can be determined according to the bandwidth information of the BP, and the interval including the size of the BP is found in the interval of the BP size stored in the terminal or the network device, that is, the interval of the first BP size.
- the correspondence may be presented in the form of a table, or may be presented in other manners.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit its representation, as long as it can reflect the correspondence between the bandwidth of BP and the set of RBG sizes, such as BP size.
- the correspondence between the interval and the set of RBG sizes is not limited.
- Table 1 shows a correspondence between a BP size and a set of RBG sizes.
- the BP size interval is represented by the range of the number of RBs.
- P represents the size of the RBG, and the unit is also the number of RBs.
- each BP-sized interval may correspond to two configured RBG sizes, such as Configuration 1 and Configuration 2.
- RBG size there can be a value of RBG size in each configuration.
- the values of the RBG sizes corresponding to the two configurations constitute a set of RBG sizes.
- the network device may send the information of the configuration 1 or the configuration 2 as the indication information to the terminal, and the terminal determines the size of the first RBG in the foregoing embodiment according to the indication information.
- the information of configuration 1 is used to indicate that the terminal adopts the RBG size of configuration 1.
- the information of configuration 2 is used to indicate that the terminal adopts the RBG size of configuration 2.
- the interval division of the BP size is described below in conjunction with a table.
- the BP bandwidth in the following table is in RB, that is, the size of the BP bandwidth can also be referred to as BP size.
- "-" stands for "to”, for example "36-72” means "36 to 72".
- the boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
- 36 is located in the interval "36-72"; in another example, 36 may be located in the interval " ⁇ 36".
- Other boundary values are similar.
- the boundary values in the table below can also be treated the same.
- the above 36 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 72 or 73 as a second boundary value, 144 or 145 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value.
- the first boundary value can take a value in [35, 36, 37].
- 72 can be replaced by any of 69-71, and correspondingly, 73 can be replaced by any of 70-72
- the second boundary value can take a value of 69-72 or 70-73.
- 144 may be replaced by any of 137-143
- correspondingly, 145 may be replaced by any of 138-144
- the third boundary value may take a value of 137-144 or 138-145.
- the fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
- Table 3 gives an example of another BP partition.
- the interval of BP size considers all the values in the maximum bandwidth of BP, so that each value can find the corresponding interval. And this interval is unique, that is, there is no overlapping area between different intervals. In addition, the last interval maximum value is the value of the BP maximum bandwidth.
- the above division method considers the overhead of control information when resource allocation is performed for each size of BP.
- the overhead of the control information is as balanced as possible, that is, the overhead is as close as possible, and the above division manner is designed.
- the control information may be, for example, downlink control information (DCI).
- the maximum bandwidth of BP is 273 or 275, and the size of RB RBG is selected from [2, 4, 8, 16] as an example. If the size of the RBG is 16 RBs, then for 273 or 275 RBs, 18 bits are required to indicate the resources allocated in the BP (the resources are allocated, for example, in RBG granularity).
- the maximum value of each interval may be less than the maximum number of RBs calculated by the corresponding RBG size by X RBs, and X is the corresponding RBG size. Therefore, the first boundary value may take a value in [35, 36, 37]; the second boundary value may take a value in 69-72 or 70-73; the third boundary value may be in 137-144 or Take a value from 138-145.
- the boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
- the above 17 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 40 or 41 as a second boundary value, 112 or 113 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value.
- the first boundary value can take a value in [16, 17].
- 40 can be replaced by any of 37-39, and correspondingly, 41 can be replaced by any of 38-40, and the second boundary value can take a value of 37-40 or 38-41.
- 112 may be replaced by any of 105-111, and correspondingly, 113 may be replaced by any of 106-112, and the third boundary value may take a value of 105-112 or 106-113.
- the fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
- the interval division of the BP size considers the principle that the control information overhead is as close as possible when the BPs of different sizes perform resource allocation.
- the principle that the smaller the BP bandwidth is, the smaller the control information overhead is considered.
- the control information can be, for example, DCI.
- the number of bits of control information is designed to be a plurality of different values, each of which may correspond to a BP-sized interval.
- the number of bits of control information can be designed to be 4-6 values. Further, these values can be selected, for example, from [8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18].
- the boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
- each section may include any number of RBs of 65-75.
- the divided sections may include the same number of RBs.
- the above table takes 68 RB or 69 RB as an example.
- the above 68 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 136 or 137 as a second boundary value, 204 or 205 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value.
- the first boundary value can take a value of 65-75.
- the second boundary value may be increased by N1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein N1 may take a value of 65-75.
- the third boundary value may be increased by N2 RBs based on the second boundary value, wherein N2 may take a value of 65-75.
- the fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
- Table 6 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
- the above description is based on the example of dividing the interval of four BP sizes. However, it is not intended to limit the present application.
- each interval may include any number of RBs of 50-60.
- the divided intervals may include the same or different RB numbers. For example, 54 RBs or 55 RBs.
- An example of interval division of an RB size is given in Table 7.
- the boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
- the above 55 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 110 or 111 as a second boundary value, 165 or 166 as a third boundary value, 220 or 221 as a fourth boundary value, and 273 as a fifth boundary value.
- the first boundary value can take a value of 50-60.
- the second boundary value may add M1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein M1 may take a value of 50-60.
- the third boundary value may add M2 RBs based on the second boundary value, where M2 may take a value of 50-60.
- the fourth boundary value may add M3 RBs based on the third boundary value, wherein M3 may take a value of 50-60.
- the fifth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
- Table 8 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
- each section may include any number of RBs of 40-50.
- the divided sections may include the same number of RBs. For example, 45 RBs or 46 RBs.
- An example of interval division of an RB size is given in Table 9.
- the boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
- the above 45 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 90 or 91 as a second boundary value, 136 or 137 as a third boundary value, 182 or 183 as a fourth boundary value, and 228 or 229 as a fifth boundary value.
- 273 is called the sixth boundary value.
- the first boundary value can take a value of 40-50.
- the second boundary value may add L1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein L1 may take a value of 40-50.
- the third boundary value may add L2 RBs based on the second boundary value, wherein L2 may take a value of 40-50.
- the fourth boundary value may add L3 RBs based on the third boundary value, wherein L3 may take a value of 40-50.
- the fifth boundary value may add L4 RBs based on the fourth boundary value, wherein L4 may take a value of 40-50.
- the sixth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
- Table 10 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
- the division method considers the interval division of the BP size measured by channel state information (CSI), so that the data scheduling and the CSI measurement have the same BP-sized interval division, thereby improving the performance of data transmission.
- CSI channel state information
- the set of RBG sizes is determined according to the bandwidth information of the BP, and can be determined according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 1.
- the set of RBG sizes may include two RBG sizes, corresponding to configuration 1 and configuration 2 in the table, respectively.
- Table 1 can be modified to other forms, such as the form shown in Table 12, where X 0 , X 1 , ..., Xmax is the boundary value of the interval of each BP size, and Xmax is the maximum bandwidth of BP.
- the larger the bandwidth of BP ie, the larger the size of BP
- the larger the RBG size the larger the RBG size.
- the BP-sized interval in Table 1 or 12 is ranked according to the reference BP bandwidth (for example, the maximum or minimum BP bandwidth) in the interval. If the reference BP bandwidth is larger, the BP-level interval level is higher, then the BP-sized interval is The higher the level, the larger the corresponding RBG size.
- the size of the RBG is selected from the candidate RBG sizes, where the candidate RBG size includes [2, 4, 8, 16] or [2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16].
- the same RBG can be used where BP overlaps.
- the candidate RBG size can be the same as the RBG size of the adjacent BP-sized interval.
- the RBG size of configuration 1 is the default, and the RBG size corresponding to configuration 2 is a candidate. That is, when the network side is not
- the terminal When sending the configuration 1 or configuration 2 information to the terminal, the terminal uses the RBG size of configuration 1 by default.
- the terminal selects according to the information sent by the network side.
- At least two BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size.
- Table 14 shows that at least two BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size.
- the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the second BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; the third BP The size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; reducing the BP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BP intervals Fragment probability.
- the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the fourth BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP The size of the interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP-sized interval; the fourth BP-sized interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP-sized interval; reducing the BWP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BWP intervals Fragment probability.
- the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the third BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the third BP The size of the interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP-sized interval; the fourth BP-sized interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP-sized interval; reducing the BWP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BWP intervals Fragment probability.
- the RBG sizes of Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 corresponding to a BP-sized interval may be the same.
- Table 17 the RBG sizes of Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 corresponding to a BP-sized interval
- the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the second BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP The size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP-sized interval, reducing the probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in the two BWP intervals.
- At least three BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size.
- Table 18 shows that
- the interval of at least one BP size may be the same as the interval of the other two BP sizes, for example, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the RBG of the second BP size interval; the second The BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval, and may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP size interval may be the fourth BP size interval.
- the RBGs are the same size; the probability of fragmentation in which BWP bandwidth resources overlap in at least two BWP intervals is reduced.
- the interval of at least one BP size may be the same as the interval of the other two BP sizes, for example, the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; the third The BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval, and may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the fourth BP size interval may be the third BP size interval.
- the RBGs are the same size; the probability of fragmentation in which BWP bandwidth resources overlap in at least two BWP intervals is reduced.
- At least four bandwidth size intervals correspond to the same RBG size.
- Table 20 As shown in Table 20:
- the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the second, third, or fourth BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the interval of the first BP size
- the RBG size is the same;
- the third BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval;
- the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval;
- the second, third, or fourth BP-sized interval can be designed to use the same RBG size as other BP-sized intervals, as shown in Table 21, Table 22, or Table 23:
- the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first, third, or fourth BP-sized interval; the first BP-sized interval may be the second BP-sized interval.
- the RBG size is the same, the third BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval, and the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
- the third BP-sized interval may be made the same as the RBG size of the first, second, or fourth BP-sized interval, and the first BP-sized interval may be the third BP-sized interval.
- the RBGs have the same size
- the second BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval
- the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
- the fourth BP-sized interval may be made the same as the RBG size of the first, second, or third BP-sized interval; the first BP-sized interval may be the fourth BP-sized interval.
- the RBG size is the same; the second BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the third BP size interval may be the same as the fourth BP size interval RBG size; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
- Table 2 or Table 3 is taken as an example to describe the design of the RBG size.
- the interval division of any of the four rows of BP size in the above embodiment may replace the interval division of Table 2 or Table 3 shown in the above table. That is, the design of the RBG size in the above embodiment is also applicable to the interval division of any BP size given in the above embodiment.
- the RBG size is also taken from the range [2, 4, 8, 16].
- at least two BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size; or, at least three BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size; or, at least four BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size.
- the following table 24, 25, 26 or 27 can be obtained by dividing the interval of five rows of BPs and the interval of at least two BP-sized segments corresponding to the same RBG size, wherein the value corresponding to the configuration 1 in the table is a case.
- the value corresponding to the configuration 2 may include a plurality of cases, and specifically, one of a plurality of cases may be used.
- the RBG size corresponding to the interval of at least two BP sizes is the same, an at least one of the following Tables 28-30 can be obtained, wherein the value corresponding to the configuration 1 in the table is a type.
- the value corresponding to the configuration 2 may include a plurality of cases, and specifically, one of a plurality of cases may be used.
- the value is taken from the range of [2, 4, 8, 16] in the RBG size.
- the RBG size may be from [2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16] takes values in this range, thus increasing the flexibility of RBG values.
- increasing the value selection of 3, 6, and 12 can make the RBG size equal to the control channel element (CCE) of the control channel, and reduce resource fragmentation.
- CCE control channel element
- Tables 31, 32 and 33 respectively show a table of the correspondence between BP-sized intervals and RBG sizes.
- the value corresponding to the configuration 2 may be smaller than the value corresponding to the configuration 1.
- the values of the interval for a BP size in Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 may be the same, but at least one BP-sized interval may have a different value.
- the value of the configuration 2 corresponding to a BP-sized interval is equal to the value of the configuration 1 corresponding to the adjacent interval.
- the design of the correspondence between the bandwidth of the BP and the set of RBG sizes is only an example, and is not intended to limit the application, and the design of the RBG size in the bandwidth division mode of different BPs can be used for reference.
- the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly introduced from the perspective of the interaction between the terminal and the network device.
- the terminal and the network device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing the respective functions in order to implement the above functions.
- the embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.
- the embodiments of the present invention may divide the functional units of the terminal and the network device according to the foregoing method.
- each functional unit may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit.
- the above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
- FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 100 for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the apparatus 100 for determining an RBG size is applicable to a network device.
- the apparatus 100 for determining the RBG size includes a processing unit 101 and a transmitting unit 102.
- the processing unit 101 is configured to determine a set of resource block group RBG sizes, where the set of RBG sizes includes at least one RBG size, and determine a first RBG size in the set, An RBG size allocates resources for the terminal.
- the processing unit 101 may determine a set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. For example, one or a combination of the following methods may be used to determine a set of RBG sizes:
- the processing unit 101 may preset a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature.
- the processing unit 101 may determine a set of RBG sizes in a manner predefined by a protocol, or determine a set of RBG sizes by using signaling.
- the processing unit 101 can be used to determine the RBG size.
- the processing unit may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. For example, determine the size of the RBG in one or a combination of the following ways:
- the processing unit 101 may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
- the processing unit 101 may determine the size of the RBG in a manner predefined by a protocol, or determine the size of the RBG by using a signaling manner.
- the sending unit 102 is configured to send indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the size of the first RBG.
- the sending unit 102 is further configured to: send configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes.
- the processing unit 101 is further configured to determine a subset of the BP in which the allocated resource is located.
- the processing unit 101 may determine, according to the subset information, a subset of the BPs in which the allocated resources are located.
- the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
- the processing unit 101 may determine, according to the size of the first RBG, a size of a subset of BPs in which the allocated resources are located.
- processing unit 101 is further configured to determine whether a subset of the BP is continuous, and the subset of the BP includes a plurality of consecutive or non-contiguous resource blocks RB. Whether the subset of BPs may be pre-defined by the protocol may also be determined by means of signaling.
- the processing unit 101 is further configured to determine whether the RBG is continuous, and the RBs included in the RBG may be continuous or discontinuous.
- the interval of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling.
- FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus 200 for determining an RBG size, which is applicable to a terminal, according to an embodiment of the present application.
- the apparatus 200 for determining the RBG size includes a processing unit 201 and a receiving unit 202.
- the processing unit 201 is configured to determine a set of resource block group RBG sizes, where the set of RBG sizes includes at least one RBG size, and determine a first RBG size in the set, according to the The first RBG size determines a resource allocated by the network device to the terminal.
- the processing unit 201 may determine the set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. For example, a set of RBG sizes may be determined in one or a combination of the following ways:
- the processing unit 201 may preset a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature.
- the processing unit 201 may determine a set of RBG sizes in a manner predefined by a protocol, or determine a set of RBG sizes by using a signaling manner.
- processing unit 201 can be used to determine the RBG size.
- the processing unit may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. For example, determine the size of the RBG in one or a combination of the following ways:
- the processing unit 201 may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
- the processing unit 201 may determine the size of the RBG in a manner predefined by a protocol, or determine the size of the RBG by using a signaling manner.
- the receiving unit 202 is configured to receive indication information sent by the network device, where the indication information is used to indicate a size of the first RBG.
- the processing unit 201 may determine the size of the first RBG in the set according to the indication information received by the receiving unit 202.
- the receiving unit 202 is further configured to receive configuration information sent by the network device, where the configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes.
- the processing unit 201 may determine a set of RBG sizes according to the configuration information received by the receiving unit 202.
- processing unit 202 may also determine a subset of the BP in which the resources allocated by the network device are located.
- the subset of BPs includes a plurality of consecutive or non-contiguous resource blocks RB.
- the processing unit 201 may determine, according to the subset information, a subset of the BP in which the allocated resource is located.
- the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
- the processing unit 201 may determine, according to the size of the first RBG, a size of a subset of BPs in which resources allocated by the network device are located.
- processing unit 201 is further configured to determine whether a subset of the BP is continuous, and the subset of the BP includes a plurality of consecutive or non-contiguous resource blocks RB. Whether the subset of BPs may be pre-defined by the protocol may also be determined by means of signaling.
- the processing unit 201 is further configured to determine whether the RBG is continuous, and the RBs included in the RBG may be continuous or discontinuous.
- the interval of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling.
- the foregoing division of the apparatus 100 for determining the RBG size and the unit of the apparatus 200 for determining the RBG size is only a division of a logical function, and the actual implementation may be integrated into one physical entity in whole or in part, or may be physically separated. .
- these units may all be implemented in the form of software by means of processing component calls; or may be implemented entirely in hardware; some units may be implemented in software in the form of processing component calls, and some units may be implemented in hardware.
- the processing unit may be a separately set processing element, or may be integrated in a chip of a network device or a terminal, or may be stored in a memory of a network device or a terminal in the form of a program, by a network device or a terminal.
- One of the processing elements calls and executes the function of the unit.
- the implementation of other units is similar.
- all or part of these units can be integrated or independently implemented.
- the processing elements described herein can be an integrated circuit with signal processing capabilities. In the implementation process, each step of the above method or each of the above units may be completed by an integrated logic circuit of hardware in the processor element or an instruction in a form of software.
- the above receiving unit is a unit for controlling reception, and the information transmitted by the network device can be received by the receiving device of the terminal, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
- the above sending unit is a unit for controlling transmission, and can send information to the terminal through a transmitting device of the network device, such as an antenna and a radio frequency device.
- the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA).
- ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits
- DSP digital Singnal processor
- FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array
- the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program.
- CPU central processing unit
- these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
- SOC system-on-a-chip
- FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the network device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment.
- the network device includes an antenna 110, a radio frequency device 120, and a baseband device 130.
- the antenna 110 is connected to the radio frequency device 120.
- the radio frequency device 120 receives the information transmitted by the terminal through the antenna 110, and transmits the information sent by the terminal to the baseband device 130 for processing.
- the baseband device 130 processes the information of the terminal and sends it to the radio frequency device 120.
- the radio frequency device 120 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the terminal through the antenna 110.
- the baseband device 130 may be a physical device or may include at least two devices that are physically separated, for example, including a CU and at least one DU.
- the DU can be integrated with the radio frequency device 120 in one device or physically separated.
- the baseband device 130 is configured to perform RRC, Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP), and wireless chain.
- the processing of protocol layers such as the Radio Link Control (RLC) layer, the MAC (Media Access Control), and the physical layer can be divided between any two protocol layers, so that the baseband devices include physically separated Two devices are used to perform the processing of the respective protocol layers.
- RLC Radio Link Control
- MAC Media Access Control
- RRC Radio Resource Control
- PDCP Packet Control Protocol
- RLC Radio Link Control
- it may also be divided within the protocol layer, for example, a protocol layer part and a protocol layer above the protocol layer are divided into one device, and the remaining part of the protocol layer and the protocol layer below the protocol layer are divided into another device.
- the device 100 that determines the RBG size above may be located on one of the physically separate at least two devices of the baseband device 130.
- the network device can include a plurality of baseband boards on which a plurality of processing elements can be integrated to achieve the desired functionality.
- the baseband device 130 can include at least one baseband board, and the apparatus 100 for determining the RBG size above can be located in the baseband apparatus 130.
- the various units shown in FIG. 21 are implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, such as the baseband apparatus 130 includes Processing element 131 and storage element 132, processing element 131 invokes a program stored by storage element 132 to perform the method performed by the network device in the above method embodiments.
- the baseband device 130 may further include an interface 133 for interacting with the radio frequency device 120, such as a common public radio interface (CPRI), when the baseband device 130 and the radio frequency device 120 are physically disposed.
- the interface can be an in-board interface, or an inter-board interface, where the board refers to the board.
- the various units shown in FIG. 21 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the network device above, the processing elements being disposed on the baseband device 130, where the processing elements may be An integrated circuit, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
- the various units shown in FIG. 21 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 130 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
- the processing element 111 and the storage element 132 may be integrated within the chip, and the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the various units shown in FIG. 21 may be implemented by the processing element 131 in the form of a stored program that calls the storage element 132.
- at least one integrated circuit may be integrated in the chip for implementing the method performed by the above network device or the functions of the respective units shown in FIG.
- the functions of the partial units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of the partial units are implemented by the form of an integrated circuit.
- the above apparatus 100 for determining the RBG size for a network device includes at least one processing element and storage element, wherein at least one of the processing elements is used to perform the method performed by the network device provided by the above method embodiments.
- the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: through hardware in the processor element
- the integrated logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instructions; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the network device in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode. .
- the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
- CPU Central Processing Unit
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
- DSPs digital singnal processors
- FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
- the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
- FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the terminal in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiment.
- the terminal includes an antenna 210, a radio frequency device 220, and a baseband device 230.
- the antenna 210 is connected to the radio frequency device 220.
- the radio frequency device 220 receives the information transmitted by the network device through the antenna 210, and transmits the information sent by the network device to the baseband device 230 for processing.
- the baseband device 230 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the radio frequency device 220.
- the radio frequency device 220 processes the information of the terminal and sends the information to the network device via the antenna 210.
- the baseband device can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of the various communication protocol layers of the data.
- a central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer.
- other subsystems such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices.
- the modem subsystem may be a separately provided chip.
- the apparatus 200 for determining the RBG size above may be implemented on the modem subsystem.
- the various units shown in FIG. 22 are implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, such as a subsystem of baseband apparatus 230, such as a modem subsystem, including processing element 231 and storage element 232, processing element 231
- the program stored by the storage element 232 is called to perform the method performed by the terminal in the above method embodiment.
- the baseband device 230 can also include an interface 233 for interacting with the radio frequency device 220.
- the various units shown in FIG. 22 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the above terminals, the processing elements being disposed on a subsystem of the baseband device 230, such as a modulation solution.
- the processing elements herein may be integrated circuits, such as one or more ASICs, or one or more DSPs, or one or more FPGAs, and the like. These integrated circuits can be integrated to form a chip.
- the various units shown in FIG. 22 may be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the baseband device 230 includes a SOC chip for implementing the above method.
- the processing element 231 and the storage element 232 may be integrated in the chip, and the method executed by the above terminal or the function of each unit shown in FIG. 22 may be implemented by the processing element 231 in the form of a stored program of the storage element 232; or, the chip may be integrated
- At least one integrated circuit is used to implement the method executed by the above terminal or the functions of each unit shown in FIG. 22; or, in combination with the above implementation manner, the functions of some units are implemented by the processing component calling program, and the functions of some units are integrated.
- the form of the circuit is implemented.
- the above apparatus 200 for determining the RBG size for a terminal includes at least one processing element and storage element, wherein at least one processing element is used to perform the method of terminal execution provided by the above method embodiments.
- the processing element may perform some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the above method embodiment in a manner of executing the program stored in the storage element in a first manner; or in a second manner: through integration of hardware in the processor element
- the logic circuit performs some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment in combination with the instruction; of course, some or all of the steps performed by the terminal in the foregoing method embodiment may be performed in combination with the first mode and the second mode.
- the processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
- CPU Central Processing Unit
- ASIC Application Specific Integrated Circuit
- DSPs digital singnal processors
- FPGAs Field Programmable Gate Arrays
- the storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
- the embodiment of the present invention further provides a communication system, including the foregoing network device and one or more terminals.
- the embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or a terminal, and includes at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the foregoing method embodiments.
- the present application provides a program for determining the size of an RBG that, when executed by a processor, is used to perform the method of the above embodiments.
- the present application also provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, including the above-described procedures for determining the size of an RBG.
- embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, embodiments of the present application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
- computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
- Embodiments of the present application are described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG.
- These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device.
- the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
- the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
- These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
- the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请要求于2017年06月16日提交中国专利局、申请号为201710459135.8、申请名称为“一种确定资源块组大小的方法及装置”,以及,于2017年11月17日提交中国专利局、申请号为201711149071.8、申请名称为“一种确定资源块组大小的方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application is required to be submitted to the China Patent Office on June 16, 2017, the application number is 201710459135.8, the application name is “a method and device for determining the size of the resource block group”, and submitted to the Chinese Patent Office on November 17, 2017. Priority is claimed on Japanese Patent Application Serial No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种确定资源块组大小的方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for determining a resource block group size.
资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG)是一组连续的集中式虚拟资源块(virtual Resource Block,VRB),RBG大小表示每个RBG中包含的VRB数。虚拟资源块可以是物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB),也可以是PRB进行特定规则变换之后的RB,也可以是指通常意义下的RB。长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)中,通常RBG大小是根据系统带宽确定的固定大小,例如,系统带宽小于等于10个RB时,RBG大小为1个RB,即一个RB为一个RBG;系统带宽的大小为11~26个RB时,RBG大小为2个RB,即两个RB为一个RBG。A Resource Block Group (RBG) is a set of consecutive centralized virtual resource blocks (VRBs). The RBG size indicates the number of VRBs included in each RBG. The virtual resource block may be a physical resource block (PRB), or may be an RB after the PRB performs a specific rule conversion, or may be an RB in a normal sense. In the Long Term Evolution (LTE), the RBG size is a fixed size determined according to the system bandwidth. For example, when the system bandwidth is less than or equal to 10 RBs, the RBG size is 1 RB, that is, one RB is an RBG; When the size is 11 to 26 RBs, the RBG size is 2 RBs, that is, two RBs are one RBG.
随着通信系统的演进,第五代(5G)新无线通信系统(New Radio,NR)正在进行研究。在5G NR中,系统带宽可以为100M,400M,500M等,并可以将一个系统带宽划分为一个或多个带宽部分(Band Width Part,BWP或BP)。为了支持不同的业务,不同的BP可以采用不同的帧结构参数(比如子载波间隔和/或CP长度等),并采用时隙或者微时隙作为调度单位。但是,不同的帧结构会导致同一大小的BP包含的RB数不同,同时NR中时域调度资源可以灵活调度,因此,按照LTE中的根据系统带宽确定固定大小的RBG,不能满足5G NR的需求。With the evolution of communication systems, the fifth generation (5G) new wireless communication system (New Radio, NR) is under study. In 5G NR, the system bandwidth can be 100M, 400M, 500M, etc., and one system bandwidth can be divided into one or more bandwidth parts (Band Width Part, BWP or BP). In order to support different services, different BPs may adopt different frame structure parameters (such as subcarrier spacing and/or CP length, etc.), and use time slots or minislots as scheduling units. However, different frame structures may result in different numbers of RBs in the BP of the same size, and the time domain scheduling resources in the NR can be flexibly scheduled. Therefore, determining the fixed size RBG according to the system bandwidth in LTE cannot meet the requirements of the 5G NR. .
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种确定RBG大小的方法及装置,以使RBG大小的调度灵活性更高。The embodiment of the present application provides a method and an apparatus for determining an RBG size, so that scheduling flexibility of an RBG size is higher.
第一方面,本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的方法,在该方法中,网络设备或终端,确定RBG大小的集合,在该RBG大小的集合中可包括一种或者多种可能的RBG大小,并确定RBG大小的集合中包括的第一RBG大小。网络设备采用确定的第一RBG大小为终端分配资源。终端根据确定的第一RBG大小,确定网络设备为终端分配的资源。In a first aspect, the present application provides a method for determining an RBG size, in which a network device or a terminal determines a set of RBG sizes, and may include one or more possible RBG sizes in the set of RBG sizes. And determining a first RBG size included in the set of RBG sizes. The network device allocates resources for the terminal by using the determined first RBG size. The terminal determines, according to the determined first RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
或者,在该方法中,网络设备或终端,根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。网络设备采用确定的RBG大小为终端分配资源。终端根据确定的RBG大小,确定网络设备为终端分配的资源。Alternatively, in the method, the network device or the terminal determines the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. The network device allocates resources to the terminal using the determined RBG size. The terminal determines, according to the determined RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
第二方面,本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的装置,应用于网络设备或终端,该确定RBG大小的装置包括用于执行以上第一方面中涉及的网络设备或终端执行各个步骤的单元或手段(means)。In a second aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or a terminal, where the apparatus for determining an RBG size includes a unit or means for performing various steps performed by the network device or terminal involved in the above first aspect. (means).
第三方面,本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的装置,应用于网络设备或终端,包括至少一个处理元件和至少一个存储元件,其中所述至少一个存储元件用于存储程序和数据,所述至少一个处理元件用于执行本申请第一方面中提供的方法。In a third aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or terminal, including at least one processing element and at least one storage element, wherein the at least one storage element is configured to store programs and data, the at least one storage element A processing element is used to perform the method provided in the first aspect of the application.
第四方面,本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的装置,应用于网络设备或终端,包括用于执行以上第一方面的方法的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。In a fourth aspect, the present application provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, applied to a network device or terminal, comprising at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the method of the above first aspect.
第五方面,本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上第一方面的方法。In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a program for determining an RBG size, the program being used to perform the method of the above first aspect when executed by a processor.
第六方面,提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括第五方面的程序。In a sixth aspect, a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, comprising the program of the fifth aspect is provided.
可见,在以上各个方面,网络设备或终端确定的RBG大小的集合中包括一种或者多种可能的RBG大小,使得RBG大小的确定,灵活性更高。网络设备根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小,相对单独根据系统带宽确定固定大小的RBG,能够确定的RBG大小的种类更多,灵活性更大,能满足5G NR的需求。进一步的,网络设备或终端采用确定RBG大小的集合方式指示各种可能的RBG大小,相对单独指示多个RBG大小的方式,能够减少信令开销。It can be seen that in the above aspects, the set of RBG sizes determined by the network device or the terminal includes one or more possible RBG sizes, so that the RBG size is determined and the flexibility is higher. The network device determines the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like, and determines a fixed-size RBG according to the system bandwidth separately, which can be determined. The RBG has more types and flexibility, and can meet the needs of 5G NR. Further, the network device or the terminal indicates the various possible RBG sizes by using a set manner of determining the RBG size, and the signaling overhead can be reduced in a manner of indicating the multiple RBG sizes separately.
在以上各方面中,一种可能的设计中,网络设备或终端可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。In the above aspects, in a possible design, the network device or the terminal may determine the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like. size.
其中,网络设备或终端可隐式或显示的确定RBG的大小。例如,采用隐式的确定方式中,网络设备或终端可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的RBG大小。The network device or the terminal may determine the size of the RBG implicitly or displayed. For example, in an implicit determination mode, the network device or the terminal may preset the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature. The network device may directly determine the corresponding RBG size according to at least one of scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
例如,采用显示的确定方式中,网络设备或终端可根据信令指示确定RBG的大小。例如,网络设备向终端发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息中包括有与RBG大小具有预设对应关系的资源信息,例如,控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征中的至少一项等。终端接收网络设备发送的配置信息,根据配置信息确定RBG大小。网络设备还可向终端发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示RBG的大小。终端接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,并根据第一指示信息确定RBG的大小。For example, in the determined manner of display, the network device or terminal may determine the size of the RBG according to the signaling indication. For example, the network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information includes resource information that has a preset correspondence relationship with the RBG size, for example, control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, and channel characteristics. At least one of each system bandwidth information and each service characteristic. The terminal receives the configuration information sent by the network device, and determines the RBG size according to the configuration information. The network device may also send first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of the RBG. The terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and determines the size of the RBG according to the first indication information.
另一种可能的设计中,网络设备或终端可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG大小的集合。In another possible design, the network device or the terminal may determine the set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
其中,网络设备或终端可隐式或显示的确定RBG大小的集合。例如,采用隐式的确定方式中,网络设备或终端可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小的集合,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、 业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的RBG大小的集合。Wherein, the network device or the terminal may implicitly or display a set of determined RBG sizes. For example, in an implicit determination mode, the network device or the terminal may preset a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature. The network device can directly determine the set of corresponding RBG sizes according to at least one of scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
采用显示的确定方式中,网络设备或终端可根据信令指示确定RBG大小的集合。例如,网络设备若确定了第一RBG的大小,则可向终端发送指示信息,该指示信息用于指示第一RBG的大小,终端接收网络设备发送的指示信息,可依据该指示信息确定RBG大小的集合中的第一RBG的大小。进一步的,网络设备还可向终端发送配置信息,该配置信息用之指示RBG大小的集合,终端接收网络设备发送的配置信息,根据接收到的配置信息,确定RBG大小的集合。其中,指示信息和配置信息可通过高层信令或物理层信息,发送给终端。指示信息和配置信息可以采用相同的信令,也可以采用不同信令。若指示信息和配置信息采用不同的信令发送,例如将配置信息通过RRC信令发送给终端,将指示信息通过DCI发送给终端,无需将配置信息携带在DCI中,故可一定程度上节约DCI信令开销。In the determined manner of display, the network device or terminal may determine a set of RBG sizes according to the signaling indication. For example, if the network device determines the size of the first RBG, the network device may send the indication information to the terminal, where the indication information is used to indicate the size of the first RBG, and the terminal receives the indication information sent by the network device, and the RBG size may be determined according to the indication information. The size of the first RBG in the collection. Further, the network device may further send configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes, the terminal receives configuration information sent by the network device, and determines a set of RBG sizes according to the received configuration information. The indication information and the configuration information may be sent to the terminal through high layer signaling or physical layer information. The indication information and the configuration information may use the same signaling or different signaling. If the indication information and the configuration information are sent by using different signaling, for example, the configuration information is sent to the terminal through the RRC signaling, and the indication information is sent to the terminal through the DCI, and the configuration information is not carried in the DCI, so the DCI can be saved to some extent. Signaling overhead.
上述设计中,控制信道信息包括以下之一或组合:控制信道格式信息、控制信道内容信息、控制信道加扰信息。信号传输特征包括网络设备采用确定的RBG大小分配的资源用于承载的信息或者信道,该信息或者信道包括以下之一或组合:系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息、组信息。信道特征包括网络设备采用确定的RBG大小分配的资源用于承载的信息的特征。BP的信息包括以下之一或组合:BP的带宽信息、BP的载频信息、BP的帧结构信息。业务特征包括移动宽带业务,低延时业务,高可靠性业务,视频业务,语音业务,实时业务,短消息业务,低延时高可靠业务中的至少一种。In the above design, the control channel information includes one or a combination of: control channel format information, control channel content information, and control channel scrambling information. The signal transmission feature includes information or a channel used by the network device to allocate resources by using the determined RBG size, and the information or channel includes one or a combination of the following: system information, broadcast information, cell level information, public information, user-specific information, Group information. The channel characteristics include characteristics of information used by the network device to allocate resources using the determined RBG size. The information of the BP includes one or a combination of the following: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP. The service features include at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service.
另一种可能的设计中,网络设备或终端可进一步确定网络设备所分配的资源所在BP的子集,BP的子集是指对BP继续进行划分的各部分,通过确定的BP子集能够一定程度上提高确定比特位图位置的准确性。In another possible design, the network device or the terminal may further determine a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located, and the subset of BP refers to each part that continues to divide the BP, and the determined subset of BP can be determined. To the extent that the accuracy of determining the position of the bitmap is improved.
其中,网络设备或终端可根据子集信息,确定为终端所分配的资源所在的BP的子集,需要确定子集信息。具体的,子集信息可以包括子集的大小,子集的资源划分方法,子集个数,调度子集信息中的至少一项。The network device or the terminal may determine, according to the subset information, a subset of the BPs in which the resources allocated by the terminal are located, and determine the subset information. Specifically, the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
进一步的,子集信息可以根据RBG大小确定,也可以是预定义的。根据RBG大小,确定BP的子集时,RBG大小与BP子集之间的对应关系,可根据具体调度的资源需求确定。Further, the subset information may be determined according to the RBG size, or may be predefined. According to the RBG size, when the subset of BP is determined, the correspondence between the RBG size and the BP subset may be determined according to the resource requirements of the specific scheduling.
其中,网络设备或终端还可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定网络设备所分配的资源所在BP的子集。网络设备或终端可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的BP的子集,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的BP的子集。The network device or the terminal may further determine, according to at least one of the control channel information, the signal transmission feature, the BP information, the channel feature, the system bandwidth information, the service feature, and the like, a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located. The network device or the terminal may preset a subset of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature, and the network device may be configured according to the scheduled control channel. A subset of each of the corresponding BPs is directly determined by at least one of information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics.
又一种可能的设计中,BP子集可以包括多个连续的或非连续的RB。本申请实施例中BP的子集包括多个非连续的RB,可以一定程度上减少资源碎片的出现,同时也可以提高分集增益。In yet another possible design, the BP subset may comprise a plurality of consecutive or non-contiguous RBs. The subset of BP in the embodiment of the present application includes a plurality of non-contiguous RBs, which can reduce the occurrence of resource fragments to some extent, and can also improve the diversity gain.
进一步的,网络设备或终端确定的RBG中可以包括多个连续的RB或多个非连续的RB。Further, the RBG determined by the network device or the terminal may include multiple consecutive RBs or multiple non-contiguous RBs.
其中,非连续的RBG中包括的RB之间的间隔可以是协议预定义的,也可以采用信令通知的方式确定。The interval between the RBs included in the non-contiguous RBG may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling.
其中,连续的或非连续的RBG,和连续的或非连续的BP的子集可任意组合,并且非连续的RBG中包括的RB可位于同一个BP的子集内,也可位于不同的BP的子集之间。Wherein, a continuous or non-contiguous RBG, and a subset of consecutive or non-contiguous BPs may be arbitrarily combined, and the RBs included in the non-contiguous RBG may be located in a subset of the same BP, or may be located in different BPs. Between the subsets.
本申请中,终端确定RBG大小、RBG是否连续、BP的子集和BP子集是否连续,四个过程中可以有至少一个采用隐式的方式确定,也可有其中的至少一个采用显示方式确定。In this application, the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and the BP subset are consecutive, and at least one of the four processes may be determined in an implicit manner, or at least one of the four processes may be determined by using a display manner. .
一种可能的设计中,终端采用显示方式确定RBG大小、RBG是否连续、BP的子集,BP子集是否连续的实施过程中,指示RBG大小的第一指示信息、指示BP子集信息的第二指示信息、指示BP子集是否连续的第三指示信息和指示RBG是否连续的第四指示信息,可由网络设备分别指示给终端,也可将四个指示信息中的至少两个进行联合指示。In a possible design, the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and whether the BP subset is continuous during the implementation process, indicating the first indication information of the RBG size and the information indicating the BP subset information. The second indication information, the third indication information indicating whether the BP subset is continuous, and the fourth indication information indicating whether the RBG is continuous may be respectively indicated by the network device to the terminal, or at least two of the four indication information may be jointly indicated.
图1为系统带宽中BP的划分示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the division of BP in the system bandwidth;
图2为多天线站点协同传输或者单小区传输的场景示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of multi-antenna station cooperative transmission or single cell transmission;
图3为本申请实施例提供的确定RBG大小的一种方法实施流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for determining a RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种BP的子集示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的BP的子集包括多个连续的RB的示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BPs including multiple consecutive RBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图6为本申请实施例提供的BP的子集包括多个非连续的RB的示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a subset of BPs including multiple non-contiguous RBs according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource allocation of a BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图;FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式示意图;16 is a schematic diagram of a combination manner of an RBG size and a subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的另一种RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式示意图;FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another combination manner of RBG size and subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的又一种RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式示意图;FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of another combination manner of RBG size and subset allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图19为本申请实施例提供的一种BP的子集资源划分示意图;FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource partitioning of a BP according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图20为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定RBG大小的方法实施流程图;FIG. 20 is a flowchart of another method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图21为本申请实施例提供的一种确定RBG大小的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图22为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定RBG大小的装置的结构示意图;FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of another apparatus for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图23为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图;FIG. 23 is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present disclosure;
图24为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application.
下面将结合附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
首先,对本申请中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。First, some of the terms in this application are explained to be understood by those skilled in the art.
1)、终端,又称之为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,是一种向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端的举例为:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑、笔记本电脑、掌上电脑、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、可穿戴设备,虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程手术(remote medical surgery)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等。1) The terminal, also known as user equipment (UE), mobile station (MS), mobile terminal (MT), etc., is a kind of providing voice and/or data connectivity to the user. Devices, for example, handheld devices with wireless connectivity, in-vehicle devices, and the like. Currently, some examples of terminals are: mobile phones, tablets, laptops, PDAs, mobile internet devices (MIDs), wearable devices, virtual reality (VR) devices, augmented reality. (augmented reality, AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control, wireless terminals in self driving, wireless terminals in remote medical surgery, smart grid Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, and the like.
2)、无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)是网络中将终端接入到无线网络的部分。RAN节点(或设备)为无线接入网中的节点(或设备),又可以称为基站。目前,一些RAN节点的举例为:继续演进的节点B(gNB)、传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、演进型节点B(evolved Node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(Node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站(例如,home evolved NodeB,或home Node B,HNB)、基带单元(base band unit,BBU),或无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wifi)接入点(access point,AP)等。另外,在一种网络结构中,RAN可以包括集中单元(centralized unit,CU)节点和分布单元(distributed unit,DU)节点。这种结构将长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统中eNB的协议层拆分开,部分协议层的功能放在CU集中控制,剩下部分或全部协议层的功能分布在DU中,由CU集中控制DU。2) A radio access network (RAN) is a part of a network that connects a terminal to a wireless network. A RAN node (or device) is a node (or device) in a radio access network, which may also be referred to as a base station. At present, some examples of RAN nodes are: a continuation of evolved Node B (gNB), a transmission reception point (TRP), an evolved Node B (eNB), and a radio network controller (radio network controller, RNC), Node B (NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved NodeB, or home Node B, HNB) , a base band unit (BBU), or a wireless fidelity (Wifi) access point (AP). In addition, in a network structure, the RAN may include a centralized unit (CU) node and a distributed unit (DU) node. This structure separates the protocol layer of the eNB in the long term evolution (LTE) system, and the functions of some protocol layers are centrally controlled in the CU, and the functions of the remaining part or all of the protocol layers are distributed in the DU by the CU. Centrally control the DU.
3)、“多个”是指两个或两个以上,其它量词与之类似。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。3) "Multiple" means two or more, and other quantifiers are similar. "and/or", describing the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that there are three cases where A exists separately, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists separately. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
4)、交互,是指交互双方彼此向对方传递信息的过程,这里传递的信息可以相同,也可以不同。例如,交互双方为基站1和基站2,可以是基站1向基站2请求信息,基站2向基站1提供基站1请求的信息。当然,也可以基站1和基站2彼此向对方请求信息,这里请求的信息可以相同,也可以不同。4) Interaction refers to the process in which the two parties exchange information with each other. The information transmitted here may be the same or different. For example, the two parties are the base station 1 and the base station 2, and the base station 1 may request information from the base station 2, and the base station 2 provides the base station 1 with the information requested by the base station 1. Of course, the base station 1 and the base station 2 may request information from each other, and the information requested here may be the same or different.
5)、名词“网络”和“系统”经常交替使用,但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。信息(information),信号(signal),消息(message),信道(channel)有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指 出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。5) The terms "network" and "system" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning. Information, signals, messages, and channels can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized. "of", "corresponding (relevant)" and "corresponding" can sometimes be mixed, and it should be noted that the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.
6)资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG)是指至少一个资源块(Resource Block,RB)的组合,RBG大小(RBG Size)是指RBG中包括的RB的数量,RBG大小的集合是指至少一种RBG大小组成的集合。6) Resource Block Group (RBG) refers to a combination of at least one Resource Block (RBG). The RBG Size refers to the number of RBs included in the RBG. The set of RBG sizes refers to at least A collection of RBG sizes.
7)带宽部分(Band Width Part,BP或BWP)是指一个系统带宽的部分。将一个系统带宽划分为一个或多个部分,该划分得到的每一部分则可称为一个BP,如图1所示,60M大小的一个系统带宽,划分为10M、10M、20M和20M四个部分,则可得到包括BP1、BP2、BP3和BP4在内的四个BP。BP的子集是指对BP继续进行划分的各部分。例如图1中BP1继续划分为多个部分,各个部分可称为BP1的子集。7) Band Width Part (BP or BWP) is the part of a system bandwidth. Divide a system bandwidth into one or more parts. Each part of the division can be called a BP. As shown in Figure 1, a system bandwidth of 60M is divided into four parts: 10M, 10M, 20M and 20M. Then, four BPs including BP1, BP2, BP3, and BP4 are obtained. The subset of BP refers to the parts that continue to divide BP. For example, BP1 in FIG. 1 continues to be divided into a plurality of parts, and each part may be referred to as a subset of BP1.
随着通信技术的发展,通信系统已经演进为第五代(5G)新无线通信系统(New Radio,NR),然而根据系统带宽确定的固定大小的RBG大小,并不能满足5G NR中各种通信业务需要不同RBG大小的需求。With the development of communication technology, the communication system has evolved into the fifth generation (5G) new wireless communication system (New Radio, NR). However, the fixed size RBG size determined according to the system bandwidth cannot meet the various communication in 5G NR. The business needs different RBG sizes.
本申请实施例提供一种确定RBG大小的方法,在该方法中提供一种可根据实际通信业务需求,灵活确定RBG大小的方法。例如,网络设备或终端可确定包括一种或者多种RBG大小的RBG大小集合,并在该集合中确定满足实际通信业务需求的RBG大小,一定程度上满足多种类业务需求,调度灵活性更高。再例如,网络设备或终端可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息等确定RBG的大小,相对单独根据系统带宽确定固定大小的RBG,能够确定的RBG大小的种类更多,灵活性更大,能满足5G NR的需求。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining an RBG size, in which a method for flexibly determining an RBG size according to actual communication service requirements is provided. For example, the network device or the terminal may determine an RBG size set including one or more RBG sizes, and determine an RBG size that satisfies the actual communication service requirement in the set, to meet a plurality of types of service requirements to a certain extent, and the scheduling flexibility is higher. . For example, the network device or the terminal may determine the size of the RBG according to the control channel information, the signal transmission feature, the BP information, and the like, and determine the fixed size RBG according to the system bandwidth separately, and the type of the RBG size that can be determined is more, and the flexibility is more. Large, able to meet the needs of 5G NR.
本申请实施例提供的确定RBG大小的方法及装置,可应用于无线通信网络中,主要以无线通信网络中5G NR网络的场景为例进行说明,应当指出的是,本申请实施例中的方案还可以应用于其他无线通信网络中,相应的名称也可以用其他无线通信网络中的对应功能的名称进行替代。The method and device for determining the RBG size provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable to a wireless communication network, and the scenario of the 5G NR network in the wireless communication network is taken as an example for description. It should be noted that the solution in the embodiment of the present application is It can also be applied to other wireless communication networks, and the corresponding names can be replaced by the names of corresponding functions in other wireless communication networks.
一种主要的应用场景中,以现有多点协作传输(Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission,CoMP)为背景,将包括提高传输可靠性的分集技术和提高传输数据速率的多流技术等多种技术的多输入多输出(mulitple input multiple output,MIMO)技术与CoMP结合起来,组成分布式多天线系统,以更好的服务用户。本申请实施例以下主要以单小区传输为例进行说明,单小区传输中,同一调度时刻仅有一个小区或者一个传输点为终端传输数据。图2为多天线站点协同传输或者单小区传输的场景示意图。In a major application scenario, with the existing Coordinated Multiple Points Transmission (CoMP) as the background, it will include multiple technologies such as diversity technology for improving transmission reliability and multi-stream technology for increasing data transmission rate. The multi-output (MIMO) technology is combined with CoMP to form a distributed multi-antenna system to better serve users. The following describes the single-cell transmission as an example. In a single-cell transmission, only one cell or one transmission point transmits data for the terminal at the same scheduling time. 2 is a schematic diagram of a scenario of multi-antenna site cooperative transmission or single cell transmission.
需指出的是,本申请实施例提供的确定RBG大小的方法及装置,对于同构网络与异构网络的场景均适用,对频分双工(frequency division duplex,FDD)系统和时分双工(time division duplex,TDD)系统或者灵活双工系统均适用,并且既适用于低频场景(比如sub 6G),也适用于高频场景(比如6G以上)。本申请实施例对于传输点也无限制,可以是宏基站与宏基站之间的多点协同传输、或微基站与微基站之间的多点协同传输、或宏基站与微基站之间的多点协同传输、或不同传输点之间的多点协同传输、或同一传输点不同面板的多点协同传输,还可以是终端与终端之间的多点协同传输。本申请也适用于终端与终端之间的通信。在本申请以下实施例中,以网络设备和终端之间的通信为例进行描述。It should be noted that the method and device for determining the RBG size provided by the embodiments of the present application are applicable to scenarios of a homogeneous network and a heterogeneous network, and a frequency division duplex (FDD) system and a time division duplex ( Time division duplex (TDD) systems or flexible duplex systems are suitable, and are suitable for both low frequency scenes (such as sub 6G) and high frequency scenes (such as 6G or higher). The embodiment of the present application has no limitation on the transmission point, and may be multi-point coordinated transmission between the macro base station and the macro base station, or coordinated multi-point transmission between the micro base station and the micro base station, or between the macro base station and the micro base station. Point coordinated transmission, or multi-point coordinated transmission between different transmission points, or multi-point coordinated transmission of different panels of the same transmission point, and may also be multi-point coordinated transmission between the terminal and the terminal. The application is also applicable to communication between a terminal and a terminal. In the following embodiments of the present application, the communication between the network device and the terminal is taken as an example for description.
图3所示为本申请实施例提供的确定RBG大小的一种方法实施流程图,参阅图3所示,包括:FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 3, the method includes:
S101:网络设备确定RBG大小。S101: The network device determines an RBG size.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may determine the size of the RBG according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, service characteristics, and the like.
其中,控制信道信息包括以下之一或组合:控制信道格式信息、控制信道内容信息、控制信道加扰信息。具体的,控制信道格式信息可以为下行控制信息格式(Downlink Control Information,DCI format),比如LTE中的format 1a,1b,1c,1d,2a,2b,2c,2d,3,4,5等等。控制信道内容信息是指控制信道传输的内容信息,比如可以为系统信息,系统信息块(System Information Block,SIB),上行控制信道信息,下行控制信道信息,公共控制信息,小区专用控制信息,用户级控制信息,用户组控制信息等。控制信道加扰信息是指用于加扰控制信道的信息,可以为小区无线网络临时标识符(Cell RNTI,C-RNTI),寻呼无线网络临时标识符(Paging RNTI,P-RNTI),系统信息无线网络临时标识符(System information RNTI,SI-RNTI),临时小区无线网络临时标识符(Temporary-Cell RNTI,T-CRNTI),小区标识,用户标识,虚拟小区标识,传输点标识,虚拟用户标识等。The control channel information includes one or a combination of: control channel format information, control channel content information, and control channel scrambling information. Specifically, the control channel format information may be a Downlink Control Information (DCI format), such as format 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, 2a, 2b, 2c, 2d, 3, 4, 5, etc. in LTE. . The control channel content information refers to content information transmitted by the control channel, such as system information, system information block (SIB), uplink control channel information, downlink control channel information, common control information, cell-specific control information, and user Level control information, user group control information, etc. The control channel scrambling information refers to information used to scramble the control channel, and may be a cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell RNTI, C-RNTI), a paging radio network temporary identifier (Paging RNTI, P-RNTI), and a system. Information Radio Network Temporary Identifier (System Information RNTI, SI-RNTI), Temporary-Cell RNTI (T-CRNTI), Cell Identity, User Identity, Virtual Cell Identity, Transmission Point Identifier, Virtual User Logo, etc.
其中,信号传输特征可以理解为是网络设备采用确定的RBG大小分配的资源用于承载的信息或者信道,该信息或者信道包括以下之一或组合:系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息、组信息。The signal transmission feature can be understood as the information or channel used by the network device to allocate resources by using the determined RBG size, and the information or channel includes one or a combination of the following: system information, broadcast information, cell level information, and public information. , user-specific information, group information.
其中,信道特征可以理解为网络设备采用确定的RBG大小分配的资源用于承载的信息的特征,比如包括发送分集传输,空间复用传输,开环传输,闭合传输,宽波束传输,窄波束传输,单流传输,多流传输,单小区传输,多点协作传输中的至少一项等。The channel feature can be understood as a feature that the network device uses the allocated RBG size allocated resources for carrying information, such as transmit diversity transmission, spatial multiplexing transmission, open loop transmission, closed transmission, wide beam transmission, and narrow beam transmission. At least one of single stream transmission, multi-stream transmission, single cell transmission, and multi-point coordinated transmission.
其中,BP的信息包括以下之一或组合:BP的带宽信息、BP的载频信息、BP的帧结构信息。其中载频信息可以是指BP所在的频谱信息或者频段信息。帧结构信息可以是指子载波间隔,CP长度,时隙包含的符号数,微时隙包含的符号数,短传输时间,长传输时间,时隙级调度,微时隙调度,时隙聚合调度,微时隙聚合调度,时隙和微时隙聚合调度等。The information of the BP includes one or a combination of the following: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP. The carrier frequency information may refer to the spectrum information or the frequency band information where the BP is located. The frame structure information may refer to subcarrier spacing, CP length, number of symbols included in the slot, number of symbols included in the minislot, short transmission time, long transmission time, slot level scheduling, mini slot scheduling, slot aggregation scheduling , mini-slot aggregation scheduling, time slot and mini-slot aggregation scheduling, and the like.
系统带宽信息可以理解为系统带宽的带宽信息,系统带宽的载频信息,系统带宽的帧结构信息等。载频信息和帧结构信息理解同上。System bandwidth information can be understood as bandwidth information of system bandwidth, carrier frequency information of system bandwidth, and frame structure information of system bandwidth. The carrier frequency information and the frame structure information are understood as above.
其中,业务特征可以理解为移动宽带业务,低延时业务,高可靠性业务,视频业务,语音业务,实时业务,短消息业务,低延时高可靠业务中的至少一种等。The service feature can be understood as at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service.
本申请实施例中可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的RBG大小。In this embodiment, the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature may be preset, and then the network device may be configured according to the scheduled control channel information. And at least one of a signal transmission feature, a BP information, a channel feature, a system bandwidth information, and a service feature, and directly determine respective RBG sizes.
例如,以根据控制信道格式信息为例,对上述网络设备确定RBG大小的实施过程进行举例说明。For example, the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the control channel format information as an example.
首先,预设各控制信道格式与RBG大小之间的对应关系。例如,针对DCI format 1a可预设与其对应的RBG大小为8个RB或者6个RB。针对DCI format 1C可预设RBG大小为8个RB和4个RB中的任一个。针对DCI format 2C或者DCI format 2D等可预设RBG大小为8个RB、6个RB、4个RB、3个RB、2个RB和1个RB中的一个。First, the correspondence between each control channel format and the RBG size is preset. For example, for DCI format 1a, the RBG size corresponding to it may be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For the DCI format 1C, the RBG size can be preset to be any of 8 RBs and 4 RBs. The preset RBG size for DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D may be one of 8 RBs, 6 RBs, 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中针对每一种控制信道格式对应的RBG大小可根据实际情况进行设定,以上仅是举例进行说明,并不引以为限。It can be understood that the RBG size corresponding to each control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited.
其次,根据所需调度的控制信道格式,确定RBG大小。例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1a,则可确定RBG大小为8个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1C,则DCI format 1C预设的RBG大小为8个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为8个RB,DCI format 1C预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB。Second, the RBG size is determined according to the control channel format that is scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1a, it may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1C, and the preset RBG size of the DCI format 1C is 8 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the DCI format 1C is preset. In the case where the RBG size is 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
例如,以根据信号传输特征为例,对上述网络设备确定RBG大小的实施过程进行举例说明。For example, the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the signal transmission feature as an example.
首先,预设各信号传输特征或者信号或者信道与RBG大小之间的对应关系。例如,针对系统信息/信道可预设与其对应的RBG大小为8个RB或者6个RB。针对广播信道可预设RBG大小为8个RB和4个RB中的任一个。针对单播信道或者物理下行共享信道或者物理上行共享信道等可预设RBG大小为8个RB、6个RB、4个RB、3个RB、2个RB和1个RB中的一个。First, the correspondence between each signal transmission characteristic or signal or channel and the RBG size is preset. For example, the RBG size corresponding to the system information/channel may be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs. The RBG size may be preset to any one of 8 RBs and 4 RBs for the broadcast channel. The preset RBG size is one of 8 RBs, 6 RBs, 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB for a unicast channel or a physical downlink shared channel or a physical uplink shared channel.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中针对每一种信号传输特征对应的RBG大小可根据实际情况进行设定,以上仅是举例进行说明,并不引以为限。It can be understood that the RBG size corresponding to each signal transmission feature in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto.
其次,根据所需调度的信号传输特征,确定RBG大小。例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为系统信息,则可确定RBG大小为8个RB或者6个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为广播信道,则广播信道预设的RBG大小为8个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为8个RB,广播信道预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为单播信道,则单播信道预设的RBG大小为8个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为8个RB,单播信道预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB。Second, the RBG size is determined based on the signal transmission characteristics of the desired scheduling. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is system information, it may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a broadcast channel, if the preset RBG size of the broadcast channel is 8 RBs, the network device may determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the preset RBG size of the broadcast channel. In the case of 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a unicast channel, and the RBG size of the unicast channel is 8 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the unicast channel is preset. In the case where the RBG size is 4 RBs, the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs.
例如,以根据信号传输特征和控制信道格式信息为例,对上述网络设备确定RBG大小的实施过程进行举例说明。For example, the implementation process of determining the RBG size by the foregoing network device is exemplified by taking the signal transmission feature and the control channel format information as an example.
首先,预设各信号传输特征或者信号或者信道和控制信道格式与RBG大小之间的对应关系。例如,针对系统信息/信道且控制信道格式为format 1a可预设与其对应的RBG大小为8个RB或者6个RB。针对广播信道且控制信道格式为format 1a可预设RBG大小为8个RB和4个RB中的任一个。针对单播信道或者物理下行共享信道或者物理上行共享信道等且控制信道格式为format 1a可预设RBG大小为8个RB、6个RB。针对单播信道或者物理下行共享信道或者物理上行共享信道等且控制信道格式为format 2d可预设RBG大小为4个RB、3个RB、2个RB和1个RB中的一个。First, the correspondence between each signal transmission characteristic or signal or channel and control channel format and RBG size is preset. For example, for the system information/channel and the control channel format is format 1a, the RBG size corresponding thereto can be preset to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For the broadcast channel and the control channel format is format 1a, the RBG size can be preset to be any of 8 RBs and 4 RBs. For a unicast channel or a physical downlink shared channel or a physical uplink shared channel, and the control channel format is format 1a, the preset RBG size is 8 RBs and 6 RBs. For a unicast channel or a physical downlink shared channel or a physical uplink shared channel, and the control channel format is format 2d, the RBG size may be preset to one of 4 RBs, 3 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 RB.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中针对每一种信号传输特征和控制信道格式的组合对应的RBG大小可根据实际情况进行设定,以上仅是举例进行说明,并不引以为限。It can be understood that the RBG size corresponding to the combination of each of the signal transmission features and the control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited.
其次,根据所需调度的信号传输特征和控制信道格式,确定RBG大小。例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为系统信息且控制信道格式为format 1a,则可确定RBG大小为8个RB或者6个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为广播信道且控制信道格式为format 1a,则广播信道和控制信道格式为format 1a预设的RBG大小为8个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为8个RB,广播信道和控制信道格式为format 1a预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为单播信道且控制控制信道格式为format 1a,则单播信道和控制信道格式为format 1a预设的RBG大小为8个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为8个RB,单播信道和控制信道格式为format 1a预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的信号传输特征为单播信道且控制控制信道格式为format 2d,则单播信道和控制信道格式为format 2d预设的RBG大小为4个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为4个RB,单播信道和控制信道格式为format 2d预设的RBG大小为1个RB情况下,网络设备可确定RBG大小为1个RB。Second, the RBG size is determined according to the signal transmission characteristics and control channel formats that are scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is system information and the control channel format is format 1a, the RBG size may be determined to be 8 RBs or 6 RBs. For another example, the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a broadcast channel and the control channel format is format 1a, and the network device can determine that the broadcast channel and the control channel format are format 1a and the preset RBG size is 8 RBs. The RBG size is 8 RBs, and the broadcast channel and the control channel format are format 1a. The preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs. For another example, the network device determines that the signal transmission characteristic of the required scheduling is a unicast channel and the control control channel format is format 1a, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 1a, and the preset RBG size is 8 RBs, and the network The device can determine that the RBG size is 8 RBs, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 1a. The preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs. For another example, the network device determines that the signal transmission feature of the scheduled scheduling is a unicast channel and the control control channel format is format 2d, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 2d, and the preset RBG size is 4 RBs, and the network The device can determine that the RBG size is 4 RBs, and the unicast channel and the control channel format are format 2d. The preset RBG size is 1 RB, and the network device can determine that the RBG size is 1 RB.
需要说明的是,根据其它信息单独确定RBG大小或者根据其它信息中的组合确定RBG大小的方法与上述实施例类似,具体的实施过程在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the method for determining the RBG size according to the other information or determining the RBG size according to the combination of other information is similar to the foregoing embodiment, and the specific implementation process is not described herein again.
本申请实施例中,采用上述确定RBG大小的方式,可根据实际调度的业务需求,确定对应的RBG大小,而并非是针对某一系统带宽下的所有业务都确定相同的RBG大小,一定程度上提高了资源调度的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, the method for determining the RBG size may be used to determine the corresponding RBG size according to the actual scheduled service requirement, instead of determining the same RBG size for all services under a certain system bandwidth, to a certain extent. Increased flexibility in resource scheduling.
S102:网络设备确定为终端所分配的资源在该资源所在的BP的子集。S102: The network device determines that the resource allocated by the terminal is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located.
本申请实施例中网络设备确定为终端所分配的资源在该资源所在的BP的子集,能够使网络设备准确的确定比特位图(bitmap)的资源位置,进而准确为终端分配资源。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device determines that the resource allocated by the terminal is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located, and enables the network device to accurately determine the resource location of the bitmap, thereby accurately allocating resources to the terminal.
其中,一种可能的实施方式中,网络设备确定BP的子集的过程,可采用与上述确定RBG大小类似的方式确定,例如,可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的BP的子集,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的BP的子集。In a possible implementation manner, the process for the network device to determine the subset of the BP may be determined in a manner similar to the foregoing determining the RBG size. For example, each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, and each BP may be preset. Each channel characteristic, each system bandwidth information, each service feature, and the like corresponds to a subset of BP, and then the network device can be based on scheduled control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and At least one of the business characteristics, etc., directly determines a subset of the respective corresponding BPs.
例如,仍以根据控制信道格式信息为例,对上述网络设备确定BP的子集的实施过程进行举例说明。For example, the implementation process of determining the subset of BP by the foregoing network device is still illustrated by taking the control channel format information as an example.
首先,预设各控制信道格式与BP的子集之间的对应关系。例如,针对DCI format1a可预设与其对应的BP的子集为整个BP。针对DCI format 1C可预设BP的子集为1BP和1/2BP中的任一个。针对DCI format 2C或者DCI format 2D等可预设BP的子集为1BP、1/2BP、1/4BP和1/8BP中的一个。First, the correspondence between each control channel format and a subset of BP is preset. For example, for DCI format1a, a subset of BPs corresponding thereto can be preset to be the entire BP. The subset of BP that can be preset for DCI format 1C is either 1BP or 1/2BP. A subset of preset BPs such as DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D is one of 1BP, 1/2BP, 1/4BP, and 1/8BP.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中针对每一种控制信道格式对应的BP的子集可根据实际情况进行设定,以上仅是举例进行说明,并不引以为限。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, a subset of the BPs corresponding to each control channel format may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto.
其次,根据所需调度的控制信道格式,确定BP的子集。例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1a,则可确定BP的子集为整个BP。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1C,则DCI format 1C预设的BP 的子集为1BP情况下,网络设备可确定BP的子集为整个BP,DCI format 1C预设的BP的子集为1/2BP情况下,网络设备可确定BP的子集为1/2BP。Second, a subset of BP is determined based on the desired control channel format. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1a, then it can be determined that the subset of BP is the entire BP. For another example, if the network device determines that the control channel format of the required scheduling is DCI format 1C, and the subset of the preset BP of the DCI format 1C is 1 BP, the network device can determine that the subset of the BP is the entire BP, and the DCI format 1C is pre- In the case where the subset of BP is set to 1/2 BP, the network device can determine that the subset of BP is 1/2 BP.
另一种可能的实施方式中,网络设备还可根据RBG的大小,确定所述BP的子集的大小。其中,RBG大小与BP子集之间的对应关系,可根据具体调度的资源需求确定,例如,仍以控制信道格式为例进行说明,针对调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 2C或者DCI format 2D的情况下,若RBG大小是8个RB,则可确定BP的子集为整个BP。RBG大小是4个RB,则可确定BP的子集为1/2BP。若RBG大小是2个RB,则可确定BP的子集为1/4BP。RBG大小是1个RB,则可确定BP的子集为1/8BP,如图4所示。In another possible implementation manner, the network device may further determine a size of the subset of the BP according to the size of the RBG. The correspondence between the RBG size and the BP subset may be determined according to the resource requirements of the specific scheduling. For example, the control channel format is still taken as an example. The format of the control channel for the scheduling is DCI format 2C or DCI format 2D. In the case, if the RBG size is 8 RBs, it can be determined that the subset of BP is the entire BP. The RBG size is 4 RBs, and it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/2 BP. If the RBG size is 2 RBs, it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/4 BP. The RBG size is 1 RB, and it can be determined that the subset of BP is 1/8 BP, as shown in FIG.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可采用如上方式确定RBG大小和BP的子集二者中的一个,而另一个可通过信令通知的方式确定,例如通过高层信令或物理层信令通知的方式,在此不做限定。其中,高层信令可以是无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令或者媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Element,CE)或者其他信令,具体的在此不做限定。物理层信令可以是下行控制信息等。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may determine one of the RBG size and a subset of the BP in the foregoing manner, and the other may be determined by signaling, for example, by using high layer signaling or physical layer signaling. The way is not limited here. The high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (RRC) signaling or a medium access control (MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) or other signaling, and the specific signaling is not performed here. limited. The physical layer signaling may be downlink control information or the like.
一种可能的示例中,本申请实施例中上述涉及的BP的子集中可包括多个连续的RB,也可包括多个不连续的RB。RBG大小为4个RB,BP的子集为1/2BP为例进行说明,图5示出了BP的子集包括多个连续的RB的示意图。图6示出了BP的子集包括多个非连续的RB的示意图。In a possible example, the subset of BPs involved in the foregoing embodiments may include multiple consecutive RBs, and may also include multiple discontinuous RBs. The RBG size is 4 RBs, and the subset of BP is 1/2 BP as an example. FIG. 5 shows a schematic diagram of a subset of BP including a plurality of consecutive RBs. Figure 6 shows a schematic diagram of a subset of BP comprising a plurality of non-contiguous RBs.
本申请实施例中BP的子集包括多个非连续的RB,可以一定程度上减少资源碎片的出现,同时也可以提高分集增益。比如在网络设备进行资源分配的时候,如果BP的子集都是连续的RB,如果一个子集中剩余了一小部分资源,而另一个子集中也剩余了一小部分资源,此时不能将不同子集中的资源分配给一个终端,因此导致了资源碎片。而如果BP的子集是可以连续也可以非连续的,在进行资源分配时,如果一个子集中剩余了一小部分资源,而另一个子集中也剩余了一小部分资源,此时可以采用不连续RB构成一个BP子集,因此可以将多块分散的资源分给一个终端,降低了资源碎片。对于分集增益,如果BP的子集可以是非连续的RB,则在进行资源分配时可以将位于不同位置的RB分给一个终端,不同位置的RB信道特征不同可以提供频率分集增益,提高通信性能。The subset of BP in the embodiment of the present application includes a plurality of non-contiguous RBs, which can reduce the occurrence of resource fragments to some extent, and can also improve the diversity gain. For example, when a network device allocates resources, if a subset of BP is a continuous RB, if a small part of resources remain in one subset and a small part of resources remain in another subset, it cannot be different at this time. The resources in the subset are allocated to one terminal, thus causing resource fragmentation. If the subset of BP can be continuous or non-contiguous, when resource allocation is performed, if a small part of resources remain in one subset and a small part of resources remain in the other subset, then no Continuous RBs form a BP subset, so multiple distributed resources can be distributed to one terminal, reducing resource fragmentation. For diversity gain, if the subset of BPs can be non-contiguous RBs, RBs located at different locations can be assigned to one terminal when resource allocation is performed. Different RB channel characteristics at different locations can provide frequency diversity gain and improve communication performance.
本申请的另一可能的实施例中,网络设备确定的RBG中可以包括多个连续的RB或多个非连续的RB,换言之,RBG可以是连续的或非连续的。In another possible embodiment of the present application, the RBG determined by the network device may include multiple consecutive RBs or multiple non-contiguous RBs. In other words, the RBG may be continuous or non-contiguous.
本申请实施例中,连续的或非连续的RBG,和连续的或非连续的BP的子集之间的组合可以有以下几种情形:In the embodiment of the present application, the combination between a continuous or non-contiguous RBG and a subset of continuous or non-contiguous BP may have the following situations:
A:连续的RB组成RBG,连续的RB/RBG组成BP的子集;A: consecutive RBs constitute RBG, and continuous RB/RBG constitutes a subset of BP;
B:连续的RB组成RBG,非连续的RB/RBG组成BP的子集;B: consecutive RBs constitute RBG, and non-contiguous RB/RBGs constitute a subset of BP;
C:非连续的RB组成RBG,连续的RB/RBG组成BP的子集;C: non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, and consecutive RBs/RBGs form a subset of BPs;
D:非连续的RB组成RBG,非连续的RB/RBG组成BP的子集。D: Non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, and non-contiguous RBs/RBGs form a subset of BPs.
进一步的,本申请实施例中若非连续的RB组成RBG,则该非连续的各RB组成的一个RBG可以位于同一个BP的子集内,也可位于不同的BP的子集之间,例如,可存在 如下情形:Further, if the non-contiguous RBs form an RBG in the embodiment of the present application, one RBG composed of the non-contiguous RBs may be located in a subset of the same BP, or may be located between different subsets of BPs, for example, There may be the following situations:
E:非连续的RB组成RBG,连续的RB组成BP的子集,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内;E: non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, consecutive RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located in a subset of the same BP;
F:非连续的RB组成RBG,非连续的RB组成BP的子集,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内;F: non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located in a subset of the same BP;
G:非连续的RB组成RBG,连续的RB组成BP的子集,且RBG位于不同BP的子集间;G: non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, consecutive RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs;
H:非连续的RB组成RBG,非连续的RB组成BP的子集,且RBG位于不同BP的子集间。H: Non-contiguous RBs constitute RBGs, non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, and RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
本申请以下结合实际应用对上述涉及的各种情形进行说明。本申请实施例中假设8个RB组成一个BP,BP的子集为1/2BP,每个RBG中包括4个RB为例进行说明。The present application describes the various situations involved above in conjunction with practical applications. In the embodiment of the present application, it is assumed that 8 RBs constitute one BP, a subset of BP is 1/2 BP, and 4 RBs in each RBG are taken as an example for description.
图7所示为本申请实施例提供的一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图7中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为连续的。在BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔两个RB的非连续RBG,在BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 7, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and the first of BP The subset of the subset and the second subset of BP are contiguous. Within the first subset of BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs that are separated by two RBs, include consecutive RBGs in the second subset of BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图8所示为本申请实施例提供的另一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图8中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为连续的。在BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔一个RB的非连续RBG,在BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 8, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are contiguous. Within the first subset of BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs separated by one RB, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图9所示为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图9中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为连续的。在BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔三个RB的非连续RBG,在BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 9, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are contiguous. Within the first subset of BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs separated by three RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图10所示为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图10中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔两个RB的非连续RBG,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 10, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and the second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. Within the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs that are spaced apart by two RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in a second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图11所示为本申请实施例提供的另一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图11中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔一个RB的非连续RBG,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 11, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. Within the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs separated by one RB, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图12所示为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图12中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,包括间隔三个RB的非连续RBG,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于同一BP的子集内。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 12, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. Within the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, including non-contiguous RBGs separated by three RBs, consecutive RBGs are included in the second subset of non-contiguous BPs, and the RBGs are located within a subset of the same BP.
图13所示为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图13中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,非连续RBG中的一部分(一半)RB位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分,非连续RBG中的另一部分(另一半)RB位于BP的 第一个子集的第二部分,并且位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分和第二部分的RBG的每一部分(半)RB都是连续的,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于不同BP的子集之间。FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 13, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. In the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP. The second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and the second part of the RBG of the second part (half) RB are consecutive, in the second subset of non-contiguous BP A continuous RBG is included, and the RBG is located between a subset of different BPs.
图14所示为本申请实施例提供的另一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图14中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,非连续RBG中的一部分(一半)RB位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分,非连续RBG中的另一部分(另一半)RB位于BP的第一个子集的第二部分,并且位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分和第二部分的RBG的每一部分(每一半)RB都是由间隔一个RB的非连续RB组成,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于不同BP的子集之间。FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another BP resource allocation according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 14, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. In the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP. The second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and each part (each half) of the RBG of the second part are composed of non-contiguous RBs separated by one RB, A second subset of consecutive BPs includes consecutive RBGs, and the RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
图15所示为本申请实施例提供的又一种BP的子集资源分配示意图,图15中,BP的子集包括BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集,并且BP的第一个子集和BP的第二个子集为非连续的。在非连续的BP的第一个子集内,非连续RBG中的一部分(一半)RB位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分,非连续RBG中的另一部分(另一半)RB位于BP的第一个子集的第二部分,并且位于BP的第一个子集的第一部分和第二部分的RBG的每一部分(每一半)RB都是由间隔三个RB的非连续RB组成,在非连续的BP的第二个子集内包括连续的RBG,且RBG位于不同BP的子集之间。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of still another subset resource allocation of BP according to an embodiment of the present application. In FIG. 15, a subset of BP includes a first subset of BP and a second subset of BP, and a second subset of BP A subset and a second subset of BP are non-contiguous. In the first subset of non-contiguous BPs, a portion (half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the first portion of the first subset of the BP, and another portion (the other half) of the RBs in the non-contiguous RBG are located in the BP. The second part of the first subset, and the first part of the first subset of BP and each part (each half) of the RBG of the second part are composed of non-contiguous RBs separated by three RBs, The second subset of non-contiguous BPs includes consecutive RBGs, and the RBGs are located between subsets of different BPs.
进一步的,一种可能的实施方式中,本申请实施例中RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式可以有多种实现方式,例如针对BP子集中包括连续的RB/RBG,且RBG中包括连续的RB的情形,若RBG大小为1个RB、2个RB和4个RB情况,RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式可如图16所示,此种情况下,RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式总共有7种组合。同样的,若采用类似的组合方式,针对BP子集中包括连续的RB/RBG,且RBG中包括连续的RB的情形,若RBG大小为1个RB、2个RB、4个RB和8个RB的情况,RBG大小和BP的子集分配的组合方式总共有15种组合。Further, in a possible implementation manner, the combination manner of the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP in the embodiment of the present application may have multiple implementation manners, for example, including a continuous RB/RBG for the BP subset, and the RBG includes In the case of consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, and 4 RB cases, the combination of the RBG size and the subset allocation of BP can be as shown in FIG. 16. In this case, the RBG size and BP There are a total of seven combinations of combinations of subset assignments. Similarly, if a similar combination is adopted, for a case where the BP subset includes consecutive RBs/RBGs, and the RBG includes consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, 4 RBs, and 8 RBs, In the case, there are a total of 15 combinations of combinations of RBG size and BP subset allocation.
针对BP子集中包括非连续的RB/RBG,且RBG中包括连续的RB的情形,若RBG大小为1个RB、2个RB和4个RB情况RBG大小和BP的子集分配的组合方式,可如图17所示。图17中,RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式总共有14种组合。同样的,若采用类似的组合方式,针对BP子集中包括连续的RB,且RBG中包括连续的RB的情形,若RBG大小为1个RB、2个RB、4个RB和8个RB的情况,RBG大小和BP的子集分配的组合方式总共有30种组合。For the case where the BP subset includes non-contiguous RB/RBG, and the RBG includes consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, and 4 RB cases, the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP are combined, Can be as shown in Figure 17. In Figure 17, there are a total of 14 combinations of combinations of RBG size and subset allocation of BP. Similarly, if a similar combination is adopted, for the case where the BP subset includes consecutive RBs and the RBG includes consecutive RBs, if the RBG size is 1 RB, 2 RBs, 4 RBs, and 8 RBs, There are a total of 30 combinations of combinations of RBG size and BP subset allocation.
本申请实施例中图16和图17所示中,对RBG的划分都是将每个BP的子集内连续的RB组成一个RBG大小,例如,RBG大小为4个RB的情形下,是将8个RB中的前4个RB组成一个RBG,后4个RB组成一个RBG。然而本申请实施例中可支持RBG是非连续的,故组成一个RBG内的各RB可以是随机选择的,例如图18所示。In the embodiment of the present application, as shown in FIG. 16 and FIG. 17, the RBG is divided into consecutive RBs in each BP subset to form an RBG size. For example, when the RBG size is 4 RBs, The first 4 RBs of the 8 RBs form one RBG, and the last 4 RBs form one RBG. However, the RBGs in the embodiments of the present application can be non-contiguous, so each RB constituting one RBG can be randomly selected, for example, as shown in FIG. 18.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中上述非连续RBG中的RB的间隔可以是协议预定义的,也可以采用信令通知的方式确定。其中,可以是间隔2个RB为1个RBG,也可以是间隔1个RB为1个RBG,还可以是间隔3个RB,具体采用哪种非连续的分配方式,可以是协议预定义的,也可以是采用信令通知的方式确定。It can be understood that the interval of the RBs in the foregoing non-contiguous RBG in the embodiment of the present application may be predefined by a protocol, or may be determined by using signaling. The two RBs may be one RBG, or one RB may be one RBG, or may be three RBs. The non-contiguous allocation method may be used, which may be a protocol pre-defined. It can also be determined by means of signaling.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中为了确定为终端所分配的资源所在的BP的子集, 需要确定子集信息。具体的,子集信息可以包括子集的大小,子集的资源划分方法,子集个数,调度子集信息中的至少一项。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, in order to determine a subset of the BPs in which the resources allocated to the terminal are located, the subset information needs to be determined. Specifically, the subset information may include at least one of a size of the subset, a resource partitioning method of the subset, a number of subsets, and scheduling subset information.
其中,上述涉及的子集的资源划分方法可以有多种,例如,子集的资源划分方法可以是根据RBG的大小确定的,也可以是预定义的,也可以是网络设备通过信令告知终端的,具体的信令可以是高层信号或者物理层信令。高层信令可以是无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令或者媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制元素(Control Eelement,CE)或者其他信令,具体的在此不做限定。物理层信令可以是下行控制信息等。The resource partitioning method of the foregoing subset may be multiple. For example, the resource partitioning method of the subset may be determined according to the size of the RBG, or may be predefined, or the network device may notify the terminal by signaling. The specific signaling may be a high layer signal or a physical layer signaling. The high-level signaling may be a radio resource control (RRC) signaling or a medium access control (MAC) control element (Control Element) (CE) or other signaling, which is not limited herein. The physical layer signaling may be downlink control information or the like.
其中,具体的子集的资源划分方法,可以包括划分连续的子集和/或划分非连续的子集。The method for dividing a resource of a specific subset may include dividing a continuous subset and/or dividing a non-contiguous subset.
针对连续的子集划分,可以包括如下方法,如果需要将BP划分为N个子集,则可以是将BP等分为N份,每一份代表一个子集。例如,如果一个BP包括20个RB,则第一到第五个RB为第一个子集,第六到第十个RB为第二个子集,第十一到第十五个RB为第三个子集,第十六到第二十个RB为第四个子集。For continuous subset partitioning, the following method may be included. If BP is to be divided into N subsets, BP may be equally divided into N shares, each of which represents a subset. For example, if one BP includes 20 RBs, the first to fifth RBs are the first subset, the sixth to tenth RBs are the second subset, and the eleventh to fifteenth RBs are the third subset. The subset, the sixteenth to the twentieth RB are the fourth subset.
针对非连续的子集划分,可以包括多种子集划分的方法。具体的,可以是先将BP划分为多个连续的部分,然后选取非连续的一个或者多个部分作为一个子集。每个部分包括一个或者多个RB/RBG。具体的部分与子集的对应关系,可以是预定义的,也可以是信令通知的。比如可以先将子集划分为M个部分,M可以是预定义的或者通知的,或者可以与RBG的大小有关。比如如果RBG的大小为8(或者系统最大的RBG的大小或者当前可用的最大的RBG的大小),则可以是只有一个部分,只有一个子集。如果RBG的大小为4(或者系统最大的RBG的大小的一半或者当前可用的最大的RBG的大小的一半),则可以是划分为4个部分,对应2个子集。具体的部分和子集的对应关系可以是第一个部分和第三个部分对应第一个子集,第二个部分和第四个部分对应第二个子集;或者部分和子集的对应关系可以是第一个部分和第四个部分对应第一个子集,第二个部分和第三个部分对应第二个子集,具体的对应关系,在此不作限定。For non-contiguous subset partitioning, multiple subset partitioning methods can be included. Specifically, the BP may be first divided into a plurality of consecutive parts, and then one or more non-contiguous parts are selected as a subset. Each part includes one or more RB/RBGs. The correspondence between the specific part and the subset may be predefined or signaled. For example, the subset may be first divided into M parts, and M may be predefined or notified, or may be related to the size of the RBG. For example, if the size of the RBG is 8 (or the size of the system's largest RBG or the size of the largest RBG currently available), there may be only one part, only one subset. If the size of the RBG is 4 (or half of the size of the largest RBG of the system or half of the size of the largest RBG currently available), it may be divided into 4 parts, corresponding to 2 subsets. The correspondence between the specific part and the subset may be that the first part and the third part correspond to the first subset, the second part and the fourth part correspond to the second subset; or the correspondence between the part and the subset may be The first part and the fourth part correspond to the first subset, and the second part and the third part correspond to the second subset. The specific correspondence is not limited herein.
对于子集的资源划分方法还可以是先将BP划分为多个RBG,此时以系统最大RBG的大小或者当前可用的最大RBG的大小进行划分。比如,若一个BP包括32个RB,系统最大RBG大小为8个RB,则可将一个BP划分为4份,根据实际使用的RBG大小,确定BP的子集。若实际使用的RBG大小为8个RB,则整个BP为一个子集。若实际使用的RBG大小为4个RB,则可将BP划分为两个子集,其中,每个子集中能够的RB的选取,可有多种实现方式,例如图19中的几种方式。其中,方式一中,将每一份中的前4个RB组成BP的第一个子集,每一份中的后4个RB组成BP的第二个子集。方式二中,将每一份中的前3个RB和最后1个RB组成第一个子集,每一份中第4个RB至第7个RB组成第二子集。方式三中,将每一份中的第2个RB、第4个RB、第7个RB和第8个RB组成第一个子集,将每一份中第1个RB、第3个RB、第5个RB和第6个RB组成第二个子集。方式四中,将每一份中的第1个RB、第2个RB、第7个RB和第8个RB组成第一个子集,将每一份中第3个RB、第4个RB、第5个RB和第6个RB组成第二个子集。方式五中,将将每一份中第1个RB、第3个RB、第5个RB和第7个RB组成第一个子集,将每一份中的第2个 RB、第4个RB、第6个RB和第8个RB组成第二个子集。通过上述方式可得知,本申请实施例中每个子集中的RB可在每一份中随机选择。上述几种方式中每一份中的RB的位置是一致的,但是实际实施过程中,组成同一子集的每一份中RB的位置可以不一致,例如方式六中,可将第一份中的第1个RB、第5个RB、第6个RB和第7个RB,第二份中的第1个RB、第3个RB、第4个RB和第5个RB,第三份中的第1个RB、第5个RB、第7个RB和第8个RB,第四份中的第3个RB、第5个RB、第6个RB和第7个RB组成第一个子集,而将第一份中的第2个RB、第3个RB、第4个RB和第8个RB,第二份中的第2个RB、第6个RB、第7个RB和第8个RB,第三份中的第2个RB、第3个RB、第4个RB和第6个RB,第四份中的第1个RB、第2个RB、第4个RB和第8个RB组成第二个子集。故,本申请实施例中,每个子集中的RB是随机选取的,每一份中的RB的位置可相同也可不同,本申请实施例在此不再穷举。For the resource partitioning method of the subset, the BP may be first divided into multiple RBGs, and the current maximum RBG size or the currently available maximum RBG size is divided. For example, if a BP includes 32 RBs and the system has a maximum RBG size of 8 RBs, one BP can be divided into 4 parts, and a subset of BPs is determined according to the actually used RBG size. If the actual RBG size is 8 RBs, the entire BP is a subset. If the actual RBG size is 4 RBs, the BP can be divided into two subsets. The selection of RBs that can be performed in each subset can be implemented in multiple manners, such as several modes in FIG. Among them, in the first method, the first four RBs in each one form the first subset of BP, and the last four RBs in each one constitute the second subset of BP. In the second mode, the first three RBs and the last one RB in each one are formed into a first subset, and the fourth RB to the seventh RB in each one constitute a second subset. In mode 3, the second RB, the fourth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB in each copy constitute the first subset, and the first RB and the third RB in each one are included. The 5th RB and the 6th RB form a second subset. In the fourth method, the first RB, the second RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB in each of the first RBs are combined into a first subset, and the third RB and the fourth RB in each one are included. The 5th RB and the 6th RB form a second subset. In the fifth method, the first RB, the third RB, the fifth RB, and the seventh RB in each of the first RBs will be composed, and the second RB and the fourth in each one will be The RB, the sixth RB, and the eighth RB form a second subset. It can be known that the RBs in each subset in the embodiment of the present application can be randomly selected in each one. The positions of the RBs in each of the above methods are consistent, but in actual implementation, the positions of the RBs in each of the same subset may be inconsistent, for example, in the sixth method, the first one may be The first RB, the fifth RB, the sixth RB, and the seventh RB, the first RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the fifth RB in the second, in the third The first RB, the fifth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth RB, and the third RB, the fifth RB, the sixth RB, and the seventh RB in the fourth part constitute the first subset And the second RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the eighth RB in the first share, the second RB, the sixth RB, the seventh RB, and the eighth in the second RB, the second RB, the third RB, the fourth RB, and the sixth RB in the third, the first RB, the second RB, the fourth RB, and the eighth in the fourth The RBs form the second subset. Therefore, in the embodiment of the present application, the RBs in each subset are randomly selected, and the positions of the RBs in each of the RBs may be the same or different, and the embodiments of the present application are not exhaustive.
进一步的,针对上述子集划分的方法可以是预定义的,或者是采用信令通知的。Further, the method for dividing the subset described above may be predefined or signaled.
可选的,子集划分的个数可以为预定义的,或者也可以是信令通知的。或者子集划分的个数可以是根据RBG的大小确定,比如,子集划分的个数可以是BP带宽/RBG大小,向上取整得到的数值。例如,如果一个BP包括32个RB,RBG大小为4个RB,则可将BP划分为8个子集。如果一个BP包括32个RB,RBG大小为2个RB,则可将BP划分为16个子集。Optionally, the number of subset partitions may be predefined or may be signaled. Or the number of the subsets may be determined according to the size of the RBG. For example, the number of subset partitions may be a BP bandwidth/RBG size, and the value obtained by rounding up. For example, if a BP includes 32 RBs and the RBG size is 4 RBs, the BP can be divided into 8 subsets. If a BP includes 32 RBs and the RBG size is 2 RBs, the BP can be divided into 16 subsets.
可选的,具体调度哪一个或者哪几个子集,可以是预定义的,或者信令通知的。具体的指示方法可以是指示子集的标识或者指示子集的比特位图。Optionally, which one or which subsets are specifically scheduled may be predefined or signaled. The specific indication method may be an indication of the subset or a bitmap of the indication subset.
比如,对于指示子集的标识举例如下:若BP划分了8个子集,每个子集通过序号标识,并且调度1个子集,则可以指示8个子集中某个子集的标识。比如用3个bit指示,例如000代表第一个子集,001代表第二个子集,010代表第三个子集,011代表第四个子集,100代表第五个子集,101代表第六个子集,110代表第七个子集,111代表第八个子集。For example, the identifier for the indication subset is as follows: If the BP is divided into 8 subsets, each subset is identified by a sequence number, and 1 subset is scheduled, the identifiers of a subset of the 8 subsets may be indicated. For example, with 3 bits, for example, 000 represents the first subset, 001 represents the second subset, 010 represents the third subset, 011 represents the fourth subset, 100 represents the fifth subset, and 101 represents the sixth subset. , 110 represents the seventh subset, and 111 represents the eighth subset.
比如,针对指示子集的比特位图举例如下:划分为4个子集,可以用4个bit指示比特位图,例如,第一个bit代表第一个子集,第二个bit代表第二个子集,第三个bit代表第三个子集,第四个比特代表第四个子集。其中,bit值为0表示未选择子集,bit值为1表示选择子集,当然,也可以是bit值为0表示选择子集,bit值为1表示未选择子集。若bit值为0表示未选择子集,bit值为1表示选择子集,则,0000代表无子集;0001代表第四个子集;0010代表第三个子集;0100代表第二个子集;1000代表第一个子集;0011代表第三个子集和第四个子集;1100代表第一个子集和第二个子集;1001代表第一个子集和第四个子集;1010代表第一个子集和第三个子集;0101代表第二个子集和第四个子集;0110代表第二个子集和第三个子集;0111代表第二个子集、第三个子集和第四个子集;1011代表第一个子集、第三个子集和第四个子集;1110代表第一个子集、第二个子集和第三个子集;1101代表第一个子集、第二个子集、第四个子集和第四个子集;1111代表第一个子集、第二个子集、第三个子集和第四个子集。当然,本申请实施例中还可有其它的指示方式,本申请实施例不做限定,其余可能性在此不再赘述。For example, the bit bitmap for the indication subset is exemplified as follows: divided into 4 subsets, the bit bitmap can be indicated by 4 bits, for example, the first bit represents the first subset, and the second bit represents the second sub- Set, the third bit represents the third subset, and the fourth bit represents the fourth subset. Wherein, the bit value of 0 indicates that the subset is not selected, and the bit value of 1 indicates the selected subset. Of course, the bit value of 0 may indicate the selected subset, and the bit value of 1 indicates that the subset is not selected. If the bit value is 0, the subset is not selected, the bit value is 1 to indicate the selected subset, then 0000 represents no subset; 0001 represents the fourth subset; 0010 represents the third subset; 0100 represents the second subset; Represents the first subset; 0011 represents the third subset and the fourth subset; 1100 represents the first subset and the second subset; 1001 represents the first subset and the fourth subset; 1010 represents the first a subset and a third subset; 0101 represents a second subset and a fourth subset; 0110 represents a second subset and a third subset; 0111 represents a second subset, a third subset, and a fourth subset; 1011 Represents the first subset, the third subset, and the fourth subset; 1110 represents the first subset, the second subset, and the third subset; 1101 represents the first subset, the second subset, and the fourth The subset and the fourth subset; 1111 represents the first subset, the second subset, the third subset, and the fourth subset. Of course, there may be other indication manners in the embodiments of the present application, which are not limited in the embodiments of the present application, and the remaining possibilities are not described herein again.
或者,可选的,RBG的大小也可以根据指示的子集划分方法确定或者根据当前指示的子集的信息确定。比如,如果子集划分为1个,则RBG的大小为8;如果子集划分为2个,则RBG的大小为4。Alternatively, optionally, the size of the RBG may also be determined according to the indicated subset partitioning method or determined according to information of the currently indicated subset. For example, if the subset is divided into one, the size of the RBG is 8; if the subset is divided into two, the size of the RBG is 4.
另外,针对BP聚合的资源分配方法,可以是指示具体的BP的位置,再指示针对每个BP上的资源继续分配。同时RBG可以是跨BP的。多个BP的资源也可以统一进行BP子集的资源划分,即BP的子集可以是跨BP的。具体的在此不作限定。In addition, the resource allocation method for the BP aggregation may be indicating the location of the specific BP, and then instructing to continue allocation for the resources on each BP. At the same time, RBG can be cross-BP. Multiple BP resources can also perform resource partitioning of BP subsets uniformly, that is, a subset of BPs can be cross-BP. The specifics are not limited herein.
进一步可以理解的是,本申请实施例中S102步骤中确定BP的子集的实施步骤为可选步骤。It is further understood that the step of determining the subset of BP in the step S102 in the embodiment of the present application is an optional step.
S103:网络设备确定比特位图的资源位置。S103: The network device determines a resource location of the bit bitmap.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可根据确定的RBG大小以及BP的子集,确定比特位图的资源位置。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may determine a resource location of the bitmap according to the determined RBG size and a subset of the BP.
本申请实施例中,网络设备确定比特位图的资源位置的实施过程可采用目前已有的技术实施。例如,若终端确定了BP的子集信息为全带宽,RBG大小为8个RB,则网络设备可确定比特位图中的第一个比特代表第一个RBG,第二个比特代表第二个RBG,以此类推,而且每个RBG包含8个RB,除了最后一个RBG之外,因此有可能总的RB数不是8的倍数。In the embodiment of the present application, the implementation process of determining the resource location of the bit bitmap by the network device may be implemented by using existing technologies. For example, if the terminal determines that the subset information of the BP is full bandwidth and the RBG size is 8 RBs, the network device may determine that the first bit in the bitmap represents the first RBG, and the second bit represents the second RBG. RBG, and so on, and each RBG contains 8 RBs, except for the last RBG, so it is possible that the total number of RBs is not a multiple of 8.
再例如,若网络设备确定了BP的子集为1/2BP,RBG大小为4个RB,则网络设备可确定比特位图中比特的含义,例如,若BP的子集为第二个子集,即后一半资源,则比特位图的第一个比特代表后一半资源中的第一个RBG,第二个比特代表后一半资源中的第二个RBG,以此类推,而且每个RBG包含4个RB,除了最后一个RBG之外,因此有可能总的RB数不是4的倍数。For another example, if the network device determines that the subset of BP is 1/2 BP and the RBG size is 4 RBs, the network device can determine the meaning of the bits in the bitmap, for example, if the subset of BP is the second subset, That is, the latter half of the resource, the first bit of the bit bitmap represents the first RBG of the latter half of the resource, the second bit represents the second RBG of the latter half of the resource, and so on, and each RBG contains 4 RBs, except for the last RBG, so it is possible that the total number of RBs is not a multiple of four.
S104:网络设备采用确定的RBG大小为终端分配资源。S104: The network device allocates resources to the terminal by using the determined RBG size.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可在确定的比特位图对应的资源位置处,采用确定的RBG大小为终端分配资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may allocate resources to the terminal by using the determined RBG size at the resource location corresponding to the determined bit bitmap.
本申请实施例中网络设备采用上述确定RBG大小以及资源调度的方式,带宽部分的子集以及RBG大小二者中的一个或全部,可根据具体的业务调度需求确定,一定程度上提高了调度的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device adopts the foregoing method for determining the RBG size and the resource scheduling manner, and one or both of the bandwidth portion and the RBG size may be determined according to specific service scheduling requirements, and the scheduling is improved to some extent. flexibility.
本申请实施例中网络设备采用上述确定RBG大小的实施过程,可以理解为是一种隐式确定RBG大小的方法,当然也可采用显示方式确定,诸如由其它设备向网络设备发送信令,以指示具体的RBG大小,或者指示网络设备所需调度的资源,该调度的资源与RBG大小之间具有预设的对应关系。The implementation process of determining the RBG size by the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a method for implicitly determining the RBG size, and may also be determined by using a display mode, such as sending signaling to the network device by other devices. Indicates a specific RBG size, or indicates a resource that the network device needs to schedule, and the scheduled resource has a preset correspondence relationship with the RBG size.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例中以下涉及的隐式方式确定是指采用协议规定等预定义方式确定,显示方式确定是指采用信令信息指示的方式确定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the following implicit manner is determined by using a predefined manner, such as a protocol, and the display mode is determined by using signaling information.
S105:终端确定RBG大小。S105: The terminal determines the RBG size.
本申请实施例中,终端可采用与网络设备类似的隐式方式确定RBG大小,具体在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may determine the RBG size in an implicit manner similar to the network device, and details are not described herein.
本申请实施例中终端还可采用显示的方式确定RBG大小,此种场景下,可由网络设备向终端发送配置信息或指示信息。In this embodiment, the terminal may also determine the RBG size by using a display manner. In this scenario, the network device may send configuration information or indication information to the terminal.
S106a:网络设备向终端发送第一配置信息,该第一配置信息中包括有与RBG大小 具有预设对应关系的资源信息,例如,控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征中的至少一项等。S106a: The network device sends the first configuration information to the terminal, where the first configuration information includes resource information that has a preset correspondence with the RBG size, for example, control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, and channel characteristics. At least one of each system bandwidth information and each service characteristic.
S106b:终端接收网络设备发送的配置信息,根据配置信息确定RBG大小。S106b: The terminal receives the configuration information sent by the network device, and determines the RBG size according to the configuration information.
本申请实施例中,终端可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP等各自对应的RBG大小,终端接收到网络设备发送的配置信息后,通过配置信息中包括的与RBG大小具有预设对应关系的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征中的至少一项等,可直接确定RBG大小。In this embodiment, the terminal may preset the RBG size of each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, and each BP. After receiving the configuration information sent by the network device, the terminal has the RBG size included in the configuration information. The RBG size may be directly determined by preset control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics of the corresponding relationship.
S107a:网络设备向终端发送第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示RBG的大小。S107a: The network device sends first indication information to the terminal, where the first indication information is used to indicate the size of the RBG.
本申请实施例中,网络设备采用上述方式确定了所分配的资源占用的RBG大小后,可直接向终端发送用于指示该所分配资源占用RBG大小的第一指示信息。In the embodiment of the present application, after determining, by using the foregoing manner, the RBG size of the allocated resource, the network device may directly send, to the terminal, first indication information indicating that the allocated resource occupies the RBG size.
S107b:终端接收网络设备发送的第一指示信息,并根据第一指示信息确定RBG的大小。S107b: The terminal receives the first indication information sent by the network device, and determines the size of the RBG according to the first indication information.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中S105a和S105b中终端根据配置信息确定RBG大小的实施方式,和S106a和S106b中终端根据配置信息确定RBG大小的实施方式可以择一执行。It can be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner of determining the RBG size according to the configuration information by the terminal in S105a and S105b, and the implementation manner of determining the RBG size according to the configuration information by the terminal in S106a and S106b may be performed alternatively.
进一步的,本申请实施例中,还可包括如下步骤:Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the following steps may be further included:
S108:终端确定网络设备所分配的资源在该资源所在的BP的子集,以确定比特位图的资源位置。S108: The terminal determines that the resource allocated by the network device is in a subset of the BP where the resource is located, to determine a resource location of the bitmap.
其中,终端可采用与网络设备隐式确定BP的子集相似的方式,隐式确定BP的子集,也可根据RBG的大小,确定所述BP的子集的大小,具体与上述网络设备确定BP的子集的实现过程类似,在此不再赘述。The terminal may determine the subset of the BP implicitly, or determine the size of the subset of the BP according to the size of the RBG, and determine the size of the BP device according to the RBG size. The implementation process of the subset of BP is similar, and will not be described here.
一种可能的示例中,终端还可采用显示的方式确定BP的子集,例如网络设备可向终端发送第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示BP的子集信息。终端接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,根据该第二指示信息可确定BP的子集信息。In a possible example, the terminal may also determine a subset of the BP in a display manner. For example, the network device may send the second indication information to the terminal, where the second indication information is used to indicate the subset information of the BP. The terminal receives the second indication information sent by the network device, and according to the second indication information, the subset information of the BP may be determined.
另一种可能的示例中,网络设备还可向终端发送第三指示信息,该第三指示信息用于指示BP的子集中包括连续的RB或者非连续的RB。In another possible example, the network device may further send third indication information to the terminal, where the third indication information is used to indicate that the subset of the BP includes consecutive RBs or non-contiguous RBs.
又一种可能的示例中,网络设备还可向终端发送第四指示信息,该第四指示信息用于指示RBG的包括连续的RB或者非连续的RB。In another possible example, the network device may further send fourth indication information to the terminal, where the fourth indication information is used to indicate that the RBG includes consecutive RBs or non-contiguous RBs.
其中,本申请实施例中,终端确定RBG大小、RBG是否连续、BP的子集和BP子集是否连续,四个过程中可以有至少一个采用隐式的方式确定,也可有其中的至少一个采用显示方式确定,本申请实施例中不做限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, the subset of the BP, and the BP subset are consecutive, and at least one of the four processes may be determined in an implicit manner, or at least one of It is determined by the display mode, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,终端采用显示方式确定RBG大小、RBG是否连续、BP的子集,BP子集是否连续的实施过程中,第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息,可由网络设备分别指示给终端,也可将四个指示信息中的至少两个进行联合指示。一种可能的实施例中,网络设备可通过同一信元信息联合指示第一指示信息、第二指示信息、第三指示信息和第四指示信息。The first indicator information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information may be used by the terminal to determine whether the RBG size, the RBG is continuous, and the subset of the BPs are displayed in the display mode. The network device respectively indicates to the terminal, and at least two of the four indication information may also be jointly indicated. In a possible embodiment, the network device may jointly indicate the first indication information, the second indication information, the third indication information, and the fourth indication information by using the same cell information.
一种可能的实施方式中,本申请实施例中可通过比特位图的协议头中的比特位指示比特位图的方式实现对BP的资源分配的指示,也可通过比特位指示BP的子集分配索引的方式实现对BP的资源分配的指示。In a possible implementation, in the embodiment of the present application, the indication of the resource allocation of the BP may be implemented by using a bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap to indicate a bit bitmap, or a subset of the BP may be indicated by a bit. The way to allocate an index implements an indication of the resource allocation of the BP.
本申请以下结合实际应用对各种BP的资源分配情况的指示过程进行进行说明。The following describes the indication process of various BP resource allocation situations in combination with actual applications.
其中,本申请实施例中可以利用比特位图的协议头中的1个比特位指示当前调度的BP的子集是连续还是非连续,比如比特0代表连续,比特1代表非连续。当比特值为1时,则表明非连续的RB组成BP的子集,其中,非连续的RB组成BP的子集的方法可以协议预定义或者由信令配置,例如通过无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令配置。In the embodiment of the present application, one bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap may be used to indicate whether the subset of the currently scheduled BP is continuous or non-contiguous, for example, bit 0 represents continuous, and bit 1 represents discontinuity. When the bit value is 1, it indicates that the non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs, wherein the method in which the non-contiguous RBs form a subset of BPs may be protocol pre-defined or configured by signaling, for example, by radio resource control (Radio Resource) Control, RRC) signaling configuration.
本申请实施例中还可以通过三个比特位,分别指示BP的子集、RBG是否连续,比如第一个比特位指示是BP的第一个子集还是BP的第二个子集,第二个比特位指示是连续的4个RB为一个RBG,还是非连续的(比如间隔2个)RB为一个RBG。例如,若BP的第一个子集的资源分配方式为BP的第一个子集非连续的RBG,BP的第二个子集的资源分配方式为BP的第二个子集连续的RBG。如果第一个比特位取值为0,代表BP的第一个子集;第一个比特位取值为1,代表BP的第二个子集。如果第二个比特位取值为0,代表连续的RBG;第二个比特位取值为1,代表非连续的RBG。则BP的第一个子集的分配为01,BP的第二个子集的分配为10。(比特位取值反之亦可)。In the embodiment of the present application, three bits may also be used to indicate whether a subset of the BP and the RBG are consecutive, for example, whether the first bit indication is the first subset of BP or the second subset of BP, and the second The bit indication indicates whether four consecutive RBs are one RBG, or that the non-contiguous (such as two intervals) RB is one RBG. For example, if the resource allocation mode of the first subset of BP is a non-contiguous RBG of the first subset of BP, the resource allocation mode of the second subset of BP is a continuous RBG of the second subset of BP. If the first bit takes a value of 0, it represents the first subset of BP; the first bit takes a value of 1, representing the second subset of BP. If the second bit takes a value of 0, it represents a continuous RBG; the second bit takes a value of 1, representing a non-contiguous RBG. Then the allocation of the first subset of BP is 01, and the allocation of the second subset of BP is 10. (The bit value is vice versa).
进一步的,RBG的大小也可以单独指示,比如,如果支持1个RB、2个RB、4个RB和8个RB,则用2个比特位指示具体的RBG的大小,或者其他的取值在此不做限定。Further, the size of the RBG may be separately indicated. For example, if one RB, two RBs, four RBs, and eight RBs are supported, two bits are used to indicate the size of the specific RBG, or other values are This is not limited.
本申请实施例中,也可以联合指示BP的子集以及RBG是否连续联合指示,RBG大小单独指示。比如:In this embodiment of the present application, the subset of the BP and the RBG may be jointly and jointly indicated, and the RBG size is separately indicated. such as:
00:BP的第一个子集,连续RBG;01:BP的第一个子集,非连续RBG00: the first subset of BP, continuous RBG; 01: the first subset of BP, non-contiguous RBG
10:BP的第二个子集,连续RBG;11:BP的第二个子集,非连续RBG。10: The second subset of BP, continuous RBG; 11: The second subset of BP, non-contiguous RBG.
当然,其他的比特位取值含义也可以,仅此举例。Of course, the meaning of other bit values is also possible, just for example.
本申请实施例中,还可以用2个比特位指示是BP的第一个子集还是BP的第二个子集,BP的子集是否非连续以及RBG是否连续。比如:In this embodiment of the present application, two bits may also be used to indicate whether it is the first subset of BP or the second subset of BP, whether the subset of BP is discontinuous and whether the RBG is continuous. such as:
00:BP的第一个子集,连续RBG;00: the first subset of BP, continuous RBG;
01:BP的第二个子集,连续RBG;01: the second subset of BP, continuous RBG;
10:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第一个子集;10: a subset of discontinuous BP, non-contiguous RBG, the first subset of BP;
11:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第二个子集。11: A subset of discontinuous BP, a non-contiguous RBG, and a second subset of BP.
或者:or:
10:非连续BP的子集,连续RBG,BP的第一个子集;10: a subset of discontinuous BP, continuous RBG, the first subset of BP;
11:非连续BP的子集,连续RBG,BP的第二个子集。11: A subset of discontinuous BP, continuous RBG, second subset of BP.
或者:or:
00:BP的第一个子集,连续RBG;00: the first subset of BP, continuous RBG;
01:BP的第二个子集,连续RBG;01: the second subset of BP, continuous RBG;
10:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第一个子集;10: a subset of discontinuous BP, non-contiguous RBG, the first subset of BP;
11:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第二个子集。11: A subset of discontinuous BP, a non-contiguous RBG, and a second subset of BP.
本申请实施例中,还可以用3个比特位指示是BP的第一个子集还是BP的第二个子集,BP的子集是否非连续以及RBG是否连续。比如:In this embodiment of the present application, it is also possible to use 3 bits to indicate whether it is the first subset of BP or the second subset of BP, whether the subset of BP is non-contiguous and whether the RBG is continuous. such as:
000:BP的第一个子集,连续RBG;000: the first subset of BP, continuous RBG;
001:BP的第二个子集,连续RBG;001: the second subset of BP, continuous RBG;
010:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第一个子集;010: a subset of discontinuous BP, non-contiguous RBG, the first subset of BP;
011:非连续BP的子集,非连续RBG,BP的第二个子集;011: a subset of discontinuous BP, a non-contiguous RBG, and a second subset of BP;
101:非连续BP的子集,连续RBG,BP的第一个子集;101: a subset of discontinuous BP, continuous RBG, first subset of BP;
110:非连续BP的子集,连续RBG,BP的第二个子集。110: A subset of discontinuous BP, a continuous RBG, and a second subset of BP.
当然,其他的比特位取值含义也可以,仅此举例。Of course, the meaning of other bit values is also possible, just for example.
进一步的,本申请实施例中可通过比特位图的协议头中的比特位指示RBG大小与BP的子集分配的组合方式,针对图16所示的组合方式,若正确指示出RBG大小与BP的子集分配,则需要3个比特位进行指示。针对图17所示的组合方式,若正确指示出RBG大小与BP的子集分配,则需要4个比特位进行指示。Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the combination of the RBG size and the subset allocation of the BP may be indicated by the bit in the protocol header of the bit bitmap. For the combination mode shown in FIG. 16, if the RBG size and BP are correctly indicated. For subset allocation, 3 bits are required for indication. For the combination shown in FIG. 17, if the RBG size and the subset allocation of BP are correctly indicated, four bits are required for indication.
通过上述实施例,设计了非连续的带宽部分的子集设计,可以支持非连续的带宽部分的子集资源分配,避免资源碎片化,同时可以获得频率分集增益,提高传输性能。Through the above embodiments, a subset design of discontinuous bandwidth portions is designed, which can support subset resource allocation of non-contiguous bandwidth parts, avoid resource fragmentation, and obtain frequency diversity gain and improve transmission performance.
本申请上述实施例中,RBG大小的种类比较多,若网络设备和终端针对每一种RBG大小分别确定RBG大小,则会造成较大的信令开销。本申请实施例中为了减少信令开销,网络设备可确定RBG大小的集合,在该RBG大小的集合中包括至少一种RBG大小,并在集合中确定所需调度的RBG大小,以减少信令开销。比如如果所有可用的RBG大小有8种,为了指示RBG大小需要用三个比特,而如果可以先确定RBG大小的一个集合,集合中包括部分的RBG大小。比如确定了一个集合中包括2个RBG大小,则仅需要一个比特指示具体用集合中的哪个即可;如果确定了一个集合中包括4个RBG大小,则仅需要两个比特指示具体用集合中的哪个RBG大小即可。因此,采用确定RBG大小的集合的方式,可以降低信令开销。In the foregoing embodiment of the present application, there are many types of RBGs. If the network device and the terminal determine the RBG size for each RBG size, a large signaling overhead is caused. In order to reduce signaling overhead, the network device may determine a set of RBG sizes, include at least one RBG size in the set of RBG sizes, and determine a required scheduled RBG size in the set to reduce signaling. Overhead. For example, if there are 8 RBG sizes available, three bits are needed to indicate the RBG size, and if a set of RBG sizes can be determined first, the RBG size of the part is included in the set. For example, if it is determined that a set includes 2 RBG sizes, only one bit is needed to indicate which one of the specific sets is used; if it is determined that one set includes 4 RBG sizes, only two bits are needed to indicate the specific use in the set. Which RBG size is OK. Therefore, the signaling overhead can be reduced by adopting a method of determining a set of RBG sizes.
图20所示为本申请实施例提供的另一种确定RBG大小的方法实施流程图,参阅图20所示,包括:FIG. 20 is a flowchart of another method for determining an RBG size according to an embodiment of the present application. Referring to FIG. 20, the method includes:
S201:网络设备确定RBG大小的集合。S201: The network device determines a set of RBG sizes.
本申请实施例中,其中,确定RBG大小的集合包括确定集合中包括的RBG大小的数目及RBG大小的具体取值,例如确定RBG大小的集合中包括2种取值,该两种取值分别为8个RB和4个RB。一个集合可以包括一个或者多个RBG大小。In the embodiment of the present application, the determining the set of the RBG size includes determining the number of the RBG size and the specific value of the RBG size included in the set, for example, determining the RBG size set includes two types of values, where the two values are respectively It is 8 RBs and 4 RBs. A set can include one or more RBG sizes.
其中,网络设备可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征和BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征中的至少一个,确定RBG大小的集合。例如,网络设备可根据控制信道格式、控制信道内容、和控制信道的加扰信息中的至少一个,确定RBG大小的集合。网络设备还可根据所分配的资源用于承载的信息,确定RBG大小的集合。所述信息包括系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息、组信息。网络设备还可根据所分配的资源所在的带宽部分BP的信息,确定RBG大小的集合。所述BP的信息包括至少一个以下信息:带宽部分的带宽信息、带宽部分的载频信息、带宽部分的帧结构信息。The network device may determine the set of RBG sizes according to at least one of control channel information, signal transmission characteristics, and BP information, channel characteristics, system bandwidth information, and service characteristics. For example, the network device can determine a set of RBG sizes based on at least one of a control channel format, control channel content, and scrambling information for the control channel. The network device may also determine a set of RBG sizes based on the information that the allocated resources use for the bearer. The information includes system information, broadcast information, cell level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information. The network device may also determine a set of RBG sizes based on information of the bandwidth portion BP in which the allocated resources are located. The information of the BP includes at least one of the following: bandwidth information of the bandwidth portion, carrier frequency information of the bandwidth portion, and frame structure information of the bandwidth portion.
本申请实施例中可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小的集合,进而网络设备可根据调度的控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征中的至少一项等,直接确定各自对应的RBG大小的集合。系统带宽信息可以理解为系统带宽的带宽信息,系统带宽的载频信息,系统带宽的帧结构信息等。载频信 息和帧结构信息理解同上。In the embodiment of the present application, a set of RBG sizes corresponding to each control channel information, each signal transmission feature, each BP, each channel feature, each system bandwidth information, and each service feature may be preset, and then the network device may be controlled according to scheduling. The channel information, the signal transmission characteristics, the information of the BP, the characteristics of each channel, the bandwidth information of each system, and at least one of each service feature, directly determine a set of respective RBG sizes. System bandwidth information can be understood as bandwidth information of system bandwidth, carrier frequency information of system bandwidth, and frame structure information of system bandwidth. The carrier frequency information and frame structure information are understood as above.
其中,业务特征可以理解为移动宽带业务,低延时业务,高可靠性业务,视频业务,语音业务,实时业务,短消息业务,低延时高可靠业务中的至少一种等。信道特征可以理解为网络设备采用确定的RBG大小分配的资源用于承载的信息的特征,比如包括发送分集传输,空间复用传输,开环传输,闭合传输,宽波束传输,窄波束传输,单流传输,多流传输,单小区传输,多点协作传输中的至少一项等。The service feature can be understood as at least one of a mobile broadband service, a low-latency service, a high-reliability service, a video service, a voice service, a real-time service, a short message service, and a low-latency and high-reliability service. The channel feature can be understood as a feature of the network device using the determined RBG size allocated resources for carrying information, such as transmit diversity transmission, spatial multiplexing transmission, open loop transmission, closed transmission, wide beam transmission, narrow beam transmission, and single. At least one of streaming, multi-stream transmission, single-cell transmission, multi-point coordinated transmission, and the like.
例如,以根据控制信道格式信息为例,本申请实施例中可预设各控制信道格式与RBG大小的集合之间的对应关系。例如,针对DCI format 1a可预设与其对应的RBG大小的集合中包括1个RBG大小,该1个RBG大小为8个RB。针对DCI format 1C可预设与其对应的RBG大小的集合中包括2个RBG大小,该2个RBG大小分别为8个RB和4个RB。针对DCI format 2C或者DCI format 2D等,可预设预设与其对应的RBG大小的集合中包括4个RBG大小,该4个RBG大小分别为8个RB、4个RB、2个RB和1个RB。For example, the correspondence between the control channel format and the set of RBG sizes may be preset in the embodiment of the present application. For example, the set of RBG sizes corresponding to the DCI format 1a may be preset to include one RBG size, and the one RBG size is 8 RBs. The set of RBG sizes corresponding to the DCI format 1C may be preset to include two RBG sizes, and the two RBG sizes are 8 RBs and 4 RBs, respectively. For the DCI format 2C or the DCI format 2D, the preset RBG size of the preset and the corresponding RBG size includes 4 RBG sizes, and the 4 RBG sizes are 8 RBs, 4 RBs, 2 RBs, and 1 respectively. RB.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中针对每一种控制信道格式对应的RBG大小集合可根据实际情况进行设定,以上仅是举例进行说明,并不引以为限。网络设备在确定RBG大小的集合时,可根据所需调度的控制信道格式,确定RBG大小的集合。例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1a,则可确定RBG大小的集合为包括1个RBG大小,该1个RBG大小为8个RB。再例如,网络设备确定所需调度的控制信道格式为DCI format 1C,则可确定RBG大小的集合中包括2个RBG大小,该2个RBG大小分别为8个RB和4个RB。It is to be understood that the RBG size set corresponding to each control channel format in the embodiment of the present application may be set according to actual conditions, and the foregoing is only an example and is not limited thereto. When determining the set of RBG sizes, the network device may determine the set of RBG sizes according to the control channel format that needs to be scheduled. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format to be scheduled is DCI format 1a, it may be determined that the set of RBG sizes includes 1 RBG size, and the 1 RBG size is 8 RBs. For example, if the network device determines that the control channel format to be scheduled is DCI format 1C, it may be determined that the RBG size set includes two RBG sizes, and the two RBG sizes are 8 RBs and 4 RBs, respectively.
本申请实施例中,确定RBG大小的集合的实现方式与上述涉及的确定具体RBG大小的实施方式类似,故可参阅上述相关描述,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the implementation manner of determining the RBG size set is similar to the foregoing implementation manner for determining the specific RBG size. Therefore, refer to the foregoing related description, and details are not described herein again.
S202:网络设备确定RBG大小的集合中的第一RBG的大小。S202: The network device determines a size of the first RBG in the set of RBG sizes.
本申请实施例中,网络设备可根据资源调度情况,在确定的RBG大小集合中确定所需调度的RBG大小。例如,在待分配的剩余资源比较集中或者连续或者比较多的情况下,可在确定的RBG大小集合中选择RBG大小取值比较大的RBG大小,在待分配的剩余资源比较分散或离散或者少的情况下,可在确定的RBG大小集合中选择RBG大小取值比较小的RBG大小。In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may determine the RBG size to be scheduled in the determined RBG size set according to the resource scheduling situation. For example, in a case where the remaining resources to be allocated are relatively concentrated or continuous or relatively large, an RBG size with a relatively large RBG size may be selected in the determined RBG size set, and the remaining resources to be allocated are dispersed or discrete or less. In the case of the RBG size set, the RBG size with a smaller RBG size value may be selected.
本申请实施例中为描述方便,区别在RBG大小的集合中确定的RBG大小,和直接采用上述实施例中涉及的方式直接确定的RBG大小,将在RBG大小的集合中确定的RBG大小,称为第一RBG大小。In the embodiment of the present application, for convenience of description, the RBG size determined in the set of RBG sizes is distinguished, and the RBG size determined directly by using the manner involved in the foregoing embodiment, and the RBG size determined in the set of RBG sizes is called For the first RBG size.
S203:网络设备采用确定的第一RBG大小为终端分配资源。S203: The network device allocates resources to the terminal by using the determined first RBG size.
本申请实施例中,可根据实际调度的业务需求,确定对应的RBG大小的集合,并且该RBG大小的集合中可包括一个或多个RBG大小,一定程度上提高了资源调度的灵活性。In the embodiment of the present application, the set of the corresponding RBG size may be determined according to the actual scheduled service requirement, and the RBG size set may include one or more RBG sizes, which improves the flexibility of resource scheduling to some extent.
S204:终端确定RBG大小的集合。S204: The terminal determines a set of RBG sizes.
本申请实施例中,终端也可采用与网络设备类似的方式,隐式确定RBG大小的集合,并确定所述集合中的第一RBG大小,根据所述第一RBG大小确定网络设备为所述终端分配的资源,在此不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may also determine a set of RBG sizes implicitly, and determine a first RBG size in the set, and determine, according to the first RBG size, the network device as described in the network device. The resources allocated by the terminal are not described here.
本申请实施例中,终端还可采用显示的方式确定集合中的第一RBG大小,例如,在上述图20的基础上,还可以包括如下步骤:In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal may further determine the size of the first RBG in the set by using a display manner. For example, on the basis of the foregoing FIG. 20, the terminal may further include the following steps:
S205:网络设备向终端发送指示信息和/或配置信息。S205: The network device sends indication information and/or configuration information to the terminal.
其中,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一RBG的大小。所述配置信息用于指示RBG大小的集合。The indication information is used to indicate the size of the first RBG. The configuration information is used to indicate a set of RBG sizes.
在网络设备向终端仅发送指示信息时,配置信息可以不用发送,终端设备可以通过隐式的方法确定RBG大小的集合,具体的方法与网络设备确定的方法类似,在此不再赘述。此时指示信息仅指示RBG大小的集合中的RBG大小即可。可以降低信令开销。When the network device sends only the indication information to the terminal, the configuration information may not be sent, and the terminal device may determine the set of the RBG size by using an implicit method. The specific method is similar to the method determined by the network device, and details are not described herein. At this time, the indication information only indicates the RBG size in the set of RBG sizes. Signaling overhead can be reduced.
在网络设备向终端仅发送配置信息时,指示信息可以不用发送,终端设备可以通过隐式的方法确定RBG大小,具体的方法与网络设备确定的方法类似,在此不再赘述。可以降低信令开销。When the network device sends only the configuration information to the terminal, the indication information may not be sent, and the terminal device may determine the RBG size by using an implicit method. The specific method is similar to the method determined by the network device, and details are not described herein. Signaling overhead can be reduced.
S206:终端接收网络设备发送的指示信息和/或配置信息。S206: The terminal receives the indication information and/or the configuration information sent by the network device.
终端根据所述指示信息,确定所述集合中的第一RBG的大小。和/或,终端根据所述配置信息,确定RBG大小的集合。The terminal determines, according to the indication information, a size of the first RBG in the set. And/or, the terminal determines a set of RBG sizes according to the configuration information.
本申请实施例中,终端通过接收网络设备发送的指示信息和/或配置信息,确定第一RBG大小的实施方式,可一定程度上节约信令开销。例如,该指示信息或配置信息可通过高层信令(比如RRC信令)或物理层信息(比如DCI信令),发送给终端。指示信息和配置信息可以采用相同的信令,也可以采用不同信令,比如配置信息采用高层信令,指示信息采用物理层信令等。高层信令可以是系统级或者小区级的信令,也可以是用户级信令,具体的在此不作限定。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines the implementation manner of the first RBG size by receiving the indication information and/or the configuration information sent by the network device, which may save signaling overhead to some extent. For example, the indication information or configuration information may be sent to the terminal through high layer signaling (such as RRC signaling) or physical layer information (such as DCI signaling). The indication information and the configuration information may use the same signaling or different signaling, for example, the configuration information adopts high layer signaling, and the indication information uses physical layer signaling. The high-level signaling may be system-level or cell-level signaling, or may be user-level signaling, which is not limited herein.
S207:终端根据第一RBG大小,确定网络设备为终端分配的资源。S207: The terminal determines, according to the first RBG size, a resource allocated by the network device for the terminal.
本申请实施例中,终端通过接收网络设备发送的配置信息和指示信息,确定第一RBG大小的实施方式,可将配置信息通过RRC信令发送给终端,将指示信息通过DCI发送给终端,无需将配置信息携带在DCI中,故可一定程度上节约DCI信令开销。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal determines the implementation manner of the first RBG size by receiving the configuration information and the indication information sent by the network device, and the configuration information is sent to the terminal through the RRC signaling, and the indication information is sent to the terminal through the DCI. The configuration information is carried in the DCI, so the DCI signaling overhead can be saved to some extent.
进一步的,本申请实施例中网络设备和终端还可确定网络设备所分配的资源所在的BP的子集,其中,网络设备和终端确定网络设备所分配的资源所在的BP的子集的具体实施方式,可参阅上述实施例中涉及的的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device and the terminal may further determine a subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located, where the network device and the terminal determine a specific implementation of the subset of the BP in which the resource allocated by the network device is located. For the manner, refer to the related descriptions in the foregoing embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
更进一步的,本申请实施例中BP的子集可包括多个连续或非连续的RB,和/或,RBG包括多个连续或非连续的RB,具体的实施过程,可参阅上述实施例中的相关描述,在此不再赘述。Further, in the embodiment of the present application, the subset of the BP may include multiple consecutive or non-contiguous RBs, and/or the RBG includes multiple consecutive or non-contiguous RBs. For the specific implementation process, refer to the foregoing embodiment. The related description is not repeated here.
在以上实施例中,网络设备或终端可以根据BP的信息确定RBG大小的集合。其中,BP的信息可以包括至少一个以下信息:BP的带宽信息、BP的载频信息、BP的帧结构信息。In the above embodiment, the network device or terminal may determine a set of RBG sizes based on the information of the BP. The information of the BP may include at least one of the following information: bandwidth information of the BP, carrier frequency information of the BP, and frame structure information of the BP.
下面以根据BP的带宽信息确定RBG大小的集合为例,说明确定RBG大小的集合的方法。Hereinafter, a method of determining a set of RBG sizes will be described by taking a set of RBG sizes according to bandwidth information of BP as an example.
终端或网络设备存储有BP的带宽和RBG大小的集合的对应关系,其中,BP的带宽可以通过资源块(RB)的数量来体现。该对应关系例如为BP大小的区间与RBG大小的集合的对应关系;也可以为BP大小的区间与RBG大小的对应关系,此时可以理解为RBG大小的集合只有一个取值。The terminal or the network device stores a correspondence between a bandwidth of the BP and a set of RBG sizes, wherein the bandwidth of the BP may be represented by the number of resource blocks (RBs). The correspondence relationship is, for example, a correspondence between a BP-sized interval and a set of RBG sizes. It may also be a correspondence between a BP-sized interval and an RBG size. In this case, it can be understood that the set of RBG sizes has only one value.
以终端或网络设备存储有BP大小的区间与RBG大小的集合的对应关系为例,此时根据BP的带宽信息确定RBG大小的集合,可以包括如下步骤,且可以由终端或网络设备执行:For example, the mapping between the BP-sized interval and the RBG-sized set of the terminal or the network device is used as an example. In this case, determining the set of the RBG size according to the bandwidth information of the BP may include the following steps, and may be performed by the terminal or the network device:
根据BP的带宽信息,确定第一BP大小的区间;Determining a section of the first BP size according to the bandwidth information of the BP;
确定该第一BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小的集合,或,确定该第一BP大小的区间对应的RBG的大小。Determining a set of RBG sizes corresponding to the interval of the first BP size, or determining a size of the RBG corresponding to the interval of the first BP size.
其中,第一BP大小的区间为该BP的大小所在的区间,BP的大小即为BP的带宽大小,可以以RB为单位。根据BP的带宽信息可以确定出BP的大小,进而在终端或网络设备中存储的BP大小的区间中找到包括该BP的大小所在的区间,即为第一BP大小的区间。The interval of the first BP size is the interval in which the size of the BP is located, and the size of the BP is the bandwidth of the BP, which may be in units of RBs. The size of the BP can be determined according to the bandwidth information of the BP, and the interval including the size of the BP is found in the interval of the BP size stored in the terminal or the network device, that is, the interval of the first BP size.
该对应关系可以以表格的形式呈现,也可以以其它方式呈现,本申请实施例对其表现形式不做限制,只要能体现BP的带宽与RBG大小的集合的对应关系即可,例如BP大小的区间与RBG大小的集合的对应关系。The correspondence may be presented in the form of a table, or may be presented in other manners. The embodiment of the present application does not limit its representation, as long as it can reflect the correspondence between the bandwidth of BP and the set of RBG sizes, such as BP size. The correspondence between the interval and the set of RBG sizes.
下面以表格为例描述一种对应关系的实现。请参考表1,其示出了一种BP大小与RBG大小的集合的对应关系。其中,BP大小的区间通过RB的数量的范围来体现。P代表RBG的大小,单位也是RB数量。The following uses a table as an example to describe the implementation of a correspondence. Please refer to Table 1, which shows a correspondence between a BP size and a set of RBG sizes. Among them, the BP size interval is represented by the range of the number of RBs. P represents the size of the RBG, and the unit is also the number of RBs.
表1Table 1
在以上表1中,每个BP大小的区间可以对应两种配置的RBG大小,例如配置1和配置2。每个配置下可以有一种RBG大小的取值。这两个配置对应的RBG大小的取值构成RBG大小的集合。网络设备可以将配置1或配置2的信息作为指示信息发送给终端,终端根据该指示信息确定以上实施例中第一RBG的大小。其中配置1的信息用于指示终端采用配置1的RBG大小,配置2的信息用于指示终端采用配置2的RBG大小。In Table 1 above, each BP-sized interval may correspond to two configured RBG sizes, such as Configuration 1 and Configuration 2. There can be a value of RBG size in each configuration. The values of the RBG sizes corresponding to the two configurations constitute a set of RBG sizes. The network device may send the information of the configuration 1 or the configuration 2 as the indication information to the terminal, and the terminal determines the size of the first RBG in the foregoing embodiment according to the indication information. The information of configuration 1 is used to indicate that the terminal adopts the RBG size of configuration 1. The information of configuration 2 is used to indicate that the terminal adopts the RBG size of configuration 2.
下面结合表格描述BP大小的区间划分。以下表格中的BP带宽是以RB为单位的,即该BP带宽的大小又可以称为BP大小。“-”代表“至”的意思,例如“36-72”表示“36至72”。The interval division of the BP size is described below in conjunction with a table. The BP bandwidth in the following table is in RB, that is, the size of the BP bandwidth can also be referred to as BP size. "-" stands for "to", for example "36-72" means "36 to 72".
请参考表2,其给出了一种BP大小的区间划分的示例。Please refer to Table 2, which gives an example of interval division of BP size.
表2Table 2
以上表格中不同区间之间的边界值,可以位于小于边界值的区间,也可以位于大于边界值的区间。例如在表2中,36位于区间“36-72”;在另一个例子中,36可以位于区间“≤36”。其它边界值与之类似。以下表格中的边界值也可以做同样处理。The boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value. For example, in Table 2, 36 is located in the interval "36-72"; in another example, 36 may be located in the interval "≤36". Other boundary values are similar. The boundary values in the table below can also be treated the same.
可以将以上36称为第一边界值,72或73称为第二边界值,144或145称为第三边界值,273称为第四边界值。其中36可以替换为35或37,则第一边界值可以在【35,36,37】中任取一值。72可以替换为69-71中任一值,相应的,73可以替换为70-72中任一值,则第二边界值可以在69-72或70-73中任取一值。144可以替换为137-143中任一值,相应的,145可以替换为138-144中任一值,则第三边界值可以在137-144或138-145中任取一值。第四边界值为BP的最大带宽,例如273个RB或275个RB。例如,表3给出了另一种BP划分的例子。The above 36 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 72 or 73 as a second boundary value, 144 or 145 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value. Where 36 can be replaced by 35 or 37, then the first boundary value can take a value in [35, 36, 37]. 72 can be replaced by any of 69-71, and correspondingly, 73 can be replaced by any of 70-72, and the second boundary value can take a value of 69-72 or 70-73. 144 may be replaced by any of 137-143, and correspondingly, 145 may be replaced by any of 138-144, and the third boundary value may take a value of 137-144 or 138-145. The fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs. For example, Table 3 gives an example of another BP partition.
表3table 3
BP大小的区间划分考虑了BP最大带宽内的所有取值,使得每个取值都能找到对应的区间。且这个区间是唯一的,即不同区间之间不存在重叠区域。此外,最后一个区间最大值为BP最大带宽的值。The interval of BP size considers all the values in the maximum bandwidth of BP, so that each value can find the corresponding interval. And this interval is unique, that is, there is no overlapping area between different intervals. In addition, the last interval maximum value is the value of the BP maximum bandwidth.
以上划分方法考虑了针对每种大小的BP进行资源分配时,控制信息的开销。为了使得每种大小的BP在进行资源分配时,控制信息的开销尽可能的平衡,即开销尽可能接近,设计了以上划分方式。当然以上划分示例仅为举例,在满足开销尽可能接近的原则下的,其它划分方式也应在本申请的保护范围内。控制信息例如可以为下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)。The above division method considers the overhead of control information when resource allocation is performed for each size of BP. In order to make the resource allocation of each size BP, the overhead of the control information is as balanced as possible, that is, the overhead is as close as possible, and the above division manner is designed. Of course, the above division example is only an example. Under the principle that the overhead is as close as possible, other division manners should also be within the protection scope of the present application. The control information may be, for example, downlink control information (DCI).
以BP最大带宽为273或275个,RB RBG的大小从【2,4,8,16】中选择为例。如果采用RBG的大小为16个RB,则对于273或者275个RB,需要18个比特(bit)指示BP中分配的资源(该资源例如以RBG为粒度分配)。The maximum bandwidth of BP is 273 or 275, and the size of RB RBG is selected from [2, 4, 8, 16] as an example. If the size of the RBG is 16 RBs, then for 273 or 275 RBs, 18 bits are required to indicate the resources allocated in the BP (the resources are allocated, for example, in RBG granularity).
以18个bit为例,假设每个区间的bit数最大为18,则RBG大小为8时,可以支持最大8*18个RB,即144个RB;如果RBG大小为4时,可以支持4*18=72个RB;如果RBG大小为2时,可以支持最大2*18个RB,即36个RB。如此,设计出了表2或表3,或其任一种替换方式的BP划分方式。Taking 18 bits as an example, assuming that the maximum number of bits in each interval is 18, when the RBG size is 8, the maximum 8*18 RBs, that is, 144 RBs can be supported. If the RBG size is 4, 4* can be supported. 18=72 RBs; if the RBG size is 2, it can support a maximum of 2*18 RBs, that is, 36 RBs. Thus, the BP division of Table 2 or Table 3, or any alternative thereof, is devised.
每个区间的最大值可以比对应的RBG大小算出的最大的RB数量少X个RB,X为对应的RBG大小。因此,第一边界值可以在【35,36,37】中任取一值;第二边界值可以在69-72或70-73中任取一值;第三边界值可以在137-144或138-145中任取一值。The maximum value of each interval may be less than the maximum number of RBs calculated by the corresponding RBG size by X RBs, and X is the corresponding RBG size. Therefore, the first boundary value may take a value in [35, 36, 37]; the second boundary value may take a value in 69-72 or 70-73; the third boundary value may be in 137-144 or Take a value from 138-145.
请参考表4,其给出了另一种BP大小的区间划分的示例。Please refer to Table 4, which gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表4Table 4
以上表格中不同区间之间的边界值,可以位于小于边界值的区间,也可以位于大于边界值的区间。The boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
可以将以上17称为第一边界值,40或41称为第二边界值,112或113称为第三边界值,273称为第四边界值。其中17可以替换为16,则第一边界值可以在【16,17】中任取一值。40可以替换为37-39中任一值,相应的,41可以替换为38-40中任一值,则第二边界值可以在37-40或38-41中任取一值。112可以替换为105-111中任一值,相应的,113可以替换为106-112中任一值,则第三边界值可以在105-112或106-113中任取一值。第四边界值为BP的最大带宽,例如273个RB或275个RB。The above 17 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 40 or 41 as a second boundary value, 112 or 113 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value. Where 17 can be replaced by 16, then the first boundary value can take a value in [16, 17]. 40 can be replaced by any of 37-39, and correspondingly, 41 can be replaced by any of 38-40, and the second boundary value can take a value of 37-40 or 38-41. 112 may be replaced by any of 105-111, and correspondingly, 113 may be replaced by any of 106-112, and the third boundary value may take a value of 105-112 or 106-113. The fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs.
在表2或表3对应的实施例中,BP大小的区间划分考虑了不同大小的BP在进行资源分配时,控制信息的开销尽可能接近的原则。而在本实施例中,考虑了BP带宽越小,控制信息开销越小的原则。控制信息例如可以为DCI。In the embodiment corresponding to Table 2 or Table 3, the interval division of the BP size considers the principle that the control information overhead is as close as possible when the BPs of different sizes perform resource allocation. In the present embodiment, the principle that the smaller the BP bandwidth is, the smaller the control information overhead is considered. The control information can be, for example, DCI.
在一种设计中,将控制信息的比特数设计为多个不同值,每个值可以对应一个BP大小的区间。例如,可以将控制信息的比特数设计为4-6个取值。进一步以这些取值例如可以从【8,10,12,14,16,18】中选取。In one design, the number of bits of control information is designed to be a plurality of different values, each of which may correspond to a BP-sized interval. For example, the number of bits of control information can be designed to be 4-6 values. Further, these values can be selected, for example, from [8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18].
请参考表5,其给出了又一种BP大小的区间划分的示例。Please refer to Table 5, which gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表5table 5
以上表格中不同区间之间的边界值,可以位于小于边界值的区间,也可以位于大于边界值的区间。The boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
本实施例中考虑了BP大小的区间尽量均匀划分的原则。同样以1-273或275个RB为例,如果划分为4个区间,则每个区间可以包括273/4=68.25个RB或者275/4=68.75个RB。In this embodiment, the principle that the interval of the BP size is divided as evenly as possible is considered. Similarly, taking 1-273 or 275 RBs as an example, if divided into 4 intervals, each interval may include 273/4=68.25 RBs or 275/4=68.75 RBs.
该计算结果仅仅是一种数量的参考值,可选的,每个区间可以包括65-75中任一个取值数量的RB,另外,划分出的区间包括的RB数可以相同也可以不同。以上表格以68个RB或69个RB为例。The calculation result is only a quantity of reference values. Optionally, each section may include any number of RBs of 65-75. In addition, the divided sections may include the same number of RBs. The above table takes 68 RB or 69 RB as an example.
可以将以上68称为第一边界值,136或137称为第二边界值,204或205称为第三边界值,273称为第四边界值。第一边界值可以在65-75中任取一值。第二边界值可以在第一边界值的基础上增加N1个RB,其中N1可以在65-75中任取一值。第三边 界值可以在第二边界值的基础上增加N2个RB,其中N2可以在65-75中任取一值。第四边界值为BP的最大带宽,例如273个RB或275个RB。例如,表6给出了另一种BP大小的区间划分的例子。The above 68 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 136 or 137 as a second boundary value, 204 or 205 as a third boundary value, and 273 as a fourth boundary value. The first boundary value can take a value of 65-75. The second boundary value may be increased by N1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein N1 may take a value of 65-75. The third boundary value may be increased by N2 RBs based on the second boundary value, wherein N2 may take a value of 65-75. The fourth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs. For example, Table 6 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表6Table 6
以上描述以划分4个BP大小的区间为例,然而并非用于限制本申请,也可以将BP大小的区间划分为5个等级,即划分为5个BP大小的区间。同样考虑BP大小的区间尽量均匀划分的原则。并同样以1-273或275个RB为例,此时,则每个区间可以包括273/5=54.6个RB或者273/5=55个RB。The above description is based on the example of dividing the interval of four BP sizes. However, it is not intended to limit the present application. The BP-sized interval may be divided into five levels, that is, divided into five BP-sized intervals. Also consider the principle of dividing the BP size interval as evenly as possible. Also taking 1-273 or 275 RBs as an example. In this case, each interval may include 273/5=54.6 RBs or 273/5=55 RBs.
该计算结果仅仅是一种数量的参考值,可选的,每个区间可以包括50-60中任一个取值数量的RB,另外,划分出的区间包括的RB数可以相同也可以不同。比如54个RB或者55个RB。如表7便给出了一种RB大小的区间划分的示例。The calculation result is only a quantity of reference values. Optionally, each interval may include any number of RBs of 50-60. In addition, the divided intervals may include the same or different RB numbers. For example, 54 RBs or 55 RBs. An example of interval division of an RB size is given in Table 7.
表7Table 7
以上表格中不同区间之间的边界值,可以位于小于边界值的区间,也可以位于大于边界值的区间。The boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
可以将以上55称为第一边界值,110或111称为第二边界值,165或166称为第三边界值,220或221称为第四边界值,273称为第五边界值。第一边界值可以在50-60中任取一值。第二边界值可以在第一边界值的基础上增加M1个RB,其中M1可以在50-60中任取一值。第三边界值可以在第二边界值的基础上增加M2个RB,其中M2可以在50-60中任取一值。第四边界值可以在第三边界值的基础上增加M3个RB,其中M3可以在50-60中任取一值。第五边界值为BP的最大带宽,例如273个RB或275个RB。例如,表8给出了另一种BP大小的区间划分的例子。The above 55 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 110 or 111 as a second boundary value, 165 or 166 as a third boundary value, 220 or 221 as a fourth boundary value, and 273 as a fifth boundary value. The first boundary value can take a value of 50-60. The second boundary value may add M1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein M1 may take a value of 50-60. The third boundary value may add M2 RBs based on the second boundary value, where M2 may take a value of 50-60. The fourth boundary value may add M3 RBs based on the third boundary value, wherein M3 may take a value of 50-60. The fifth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs. For example, Table 8 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表8Table 8
以此类推,可以划分为6个BP大小的区间,同样以1-273或275个RB为例,此时,每个区间可以包括273/6=45.5个RB或者275/6=45.83个RB。By analogy, it can be divided into 6 BP-sized intervals, also taking 1-273 or 275 RBs as an example. In this case, each interval can include 273/6=45.5 RBs or 275/6=45.83 RBs.
该计算结果仅仅是一种数量的参考值,可选的,每个区间可以包括40-50中任一个取值数量的RB,另外,划分出的区间包括的RB数可以相同也可以不同。比如45个RB或者46个RB。如表9便给出了一种RB大小的区间划分的示例。The calculation result is only a quantity of reference values. Optionally, each section may include any number of RBs of 40-50. In addition, the divided sections may include the same number of RBs. For example, 45 RBs or 46 RBs. An example of interval division of an RB size is given in Table 9.
表9Table 9
以上表格中不同区间之间的边界值,可以位于小于边界值的区间,也可以位于大于边界值的区间。The boundary values between different intervals in the above table may be located in an interval smaller than the boundary value, or may be located in an interval larger than the boundary value.
可以将以上45称为第一边界值,90或91称为第二边界值,136或137称为第三边界值,182或183称为第四边界值,228或229称为第五边界值,273称为第六边界值。第一边界值可以在40-50中任取一值。第二边界值可以在第一边界值的基础上增加L1个RB,其中L1可以在40-50中任取一值。第三边界值可以在第二边界值的基础上增加L2个RB,其中L2可以在40-50中任取一值。第四边界值可以在第三边界值的基础上增加L3个RB,其中L3可以在40-50中任取一值。第五边界值可以在第四边界值的基础上增加L4个RB,其中L4可以在40-50中任取一值。第六边界值为BP的最大带宽,例如273个RB或275个RB。例如,表10给出了另一种BP大小的区间划分的例子。The above 45 may be referred to as a first boundary value, 90 or 91 as a second boundary value, 136 or 137 as a third boundary value, 182 or 183 as a fourth boundary value, and 228 or 229 as a fifth boundary value. , 273 is called the sixth boundary value. The first boundary value can take a value of 40-50. The second boundary value may add L1 RBs based on the first boundary value, wherein L1 may take a value of 40-50. The third boundary value may add L2 RBs based on the second boundary value, wherein L2 may take a value of 40-50. The fourth boundary value may add L3 RBs based on the third boundary value, wherein L3 may take a value of 40-50. The fifth boundary value may add L4 RBs based on the fourth boundary value, wherein L4 may take a value of 40-50. The sixth boundary value is the maximum bandwidth of BP, such as 273 RBs or 275 RBs. For example, Table 10 gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表10Table 10
请参考表11,其给出了又一种BP大小的区间划分的示例。Please refer to Table 11, which gives an example of another BP-sized interval partition.
表11Table 11
该划分方式考虑了信道状态信息(channel state information,CSI)测量的BP大小的区间划分,如此可以保证数据调度与CSI测量具有相同的BP大小的区间划分,从而提高数据传输的性能。The division method considers the interval division of the BP size measured by channel state information (CSI), so that the data scheduling and the CSI measurement have the same BP-sized interval division, thereby improving the performance of data transmission.
以上例举了多种BP大小的区间划分的例子,其仅为举例,并非用于限制本申请。在BP大小的区间划分确定后,根据BP的带宽信息确定RBG大小的集合,可以按照表1所示的对应关系确定。其中RBG大小的集合可以包括两个RBG大小,分别对应表格中的配置1和配置2。表1可以修改为其它形式,例如表12所示的形式,其中,X 0,X 1,…,Xmax为各个BP大小的区间的边界值,Xmax为BP的最大带宽。 The above examples of various BP-sized interval divisions are merely examples and are not intended to limit the application. After the interval division of the BP size is determined, the set of RBG sizes is determined according to the bandwidth information of the BP, and can be determined according to the correspondence relationship shown in Table 1. The set of RBG sizes may include two RBG sizes, corresponding to configuration 1 and configuration 2 in the table, respectively. Table 1 can be modified to other forms, such as the form shown in Table 12, where X 0 , X 1 , ..., Xmax is the boundary value of the interval of each BP size, and Xmax is the maximum bandwidth of BP.
表12Table 12
考虑到控制信息的开销,可以设计为:BP的带宽越大(即BP的大小越大),RBG大小也越大。将表格1或12中BP大小的区间按照该区间中参考BP带宽(例如最大或最小BP带宽)来划分等级,如果参考BP带宽越大,则BP大小的区间等级越高,那么BP大小的区间等级越高,对应的RBG大小越大。Considering the overhead of control information, it can be designed that the larger the bandwidth of BP (ie, the larger the size of BP), the larger the RBG size. The BP-sized interval in Table 1 or 12 is ranked according to the reference BP bandwidth (for example, the maximum or minimum BP bandwidth) in the interval. If the reference BP bandwidth is larger, the BP-level interval level is higher, then the BP-sized interval is The higher the level, the larger the corresponding RBG size.
在一种设计中,RBG的大小从候选RBG大小中选取,其中候选RBG大小包括【2,4,8,16】或【2,3,4,6,8,16】。In one design, the size of the RBG is selected from the candidate RBG sizes, where the candidate RBG size includes [2, 4, 8, 16] or [2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16].
以表2或表3所示的BP大小的区间划分为例,给出了表13所示的配置1的RBG大小的设计。Taking the interval of the BP size shown in Table 2 or Table 3 as an example, the design of the RBG size of the configuration 1 shown in Table 13 is given.
表13Table 13
当在不同终端的BP的大小不同时,可以在BP重叠的地方采用相同的RBG大When the sizes of BPs in different terminals are different, the same RBG can be used where BP overlaps.
小,因此候选RBG大小可以与相邻的BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同。基于此,Small, so the candidate RBG size can be the same as the RBG size of the adjacent BP-sized interval. Based on,
可以设计相邻BP大小的区间之间配置1和配置2的RBG大小相同。It is possible to design the RBG size of configuration 1 and configuration 2 between adjacent BP-sized intervals.
配置1的RBG大小为默认,配置2对应的RBG大小为候选。即,当网络侧没The RBG size of configuration 1 is the default, and the RBG size corresponding to configuration 2 is a candidate. That is, when the network side is not
有向终端发送配置1或配置2的信息时,终端默认使用配置1的RBG大小,当网When sending the configuration 1 or configuration 2 information to the terminal, the terminal uses the RBG size of configuration 1 by default.
络侧向终端发送了配置1或配置2的信息时,则终端根据网络侧发送的信息选择When the network side sends the information of configuration 1 or configuration 2 to the terminal, the terminal selects according to the information sent by the network side.
RBG大小并使用。RBG size and use.
可选的,至少两个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同。如表14所示:Optionally, at least two BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size. As shown in Table 14:
表14Table 14
此时可以使得第一个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第四个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在两个BP区间的BP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the second BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; the third BP The size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; reducing the BP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BP intervals Fragment probability.
再如表15或表16所示:As shown in Table 15 or Table 16:
表15Table 15
此时可以使得第一个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第四个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the fourth BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP The size of the interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP-sized interval; the fourth BP-sized interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP-sized interval; reducing the BWP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BWP intervals Fragment probability.
表16Table 16
此时可以使得第一个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第四个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the third BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the third BP The size of the interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP-sized interval; the fourth BP-sized interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP-sized interval; reducing the BWP bandwidth resource overlap in the two BWP intervals Fragment probability.
可选的,对于一个BP大小的区间对应的配置1和配置2的RBG大小可以相同。例如表17:Optionally, the RBG sizes of Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 corresponding to a BP-sized interval may be the same. For example, Table 17:
表17Table 17
此时可以使得第一个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,降低在两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the size of the RBG of the second BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP The size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP-sized interval, reducing the probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in the two BWP intervals.
可选的,至少三个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同。如表18所示:Optionally, at least three BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size. As shown in Table 18:
表18Table 18
此时可以使得至少一个BP大小的区间可以与其它两个BP大小的区间使用相同的RBG大小,例如第一个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,还可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。At this time, the interval of at least one BP size may be the same as the interval of the other two BP sizes, for example, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the RBG of the second BP size interval; the second The BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval, and may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; the third BP size interval may be the fourth BP size interval. The RBGs are the same size; the probability of fragmentation in which BWP bandwidth resources overlap in at least two BWP intervals is reduced.
再如,表19:As another example, Table 19:
表19Table 19
此时可以使得至少一个BP大小的区间可以与其它两个BP大小的区间使用相同的RBG大小,例如第二个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,还可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第四个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。At this time, the interval of at least one BP size may be the same as the interval of the other two BP sizes, for example, the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; the third The BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval, and may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the fourth BP size interval may be the third BP size interval. The RBGs are the same size; the probability of fragmentation in which BWP bandwidth resources overlap in at least two BWP intervals is reduced.
可选的,至少四个带宽大小区间对应的RBG大小相同。如表20所示:Optionally, at least four bandwidth size intervals correspond to the same RBG size. As shown in Table 20:
表20Table 20
此时,可以使得第一个BP大小的区间可以与第二、第三、或第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第四个BP大小的区间可以与第一个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the first BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the second, third, or fourth BP size interval; the interval of the second BP size may be the interval of the first BP size The RBG size is the same; the third BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the first BP size interval; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
类似的,可以设计第二、第三、或第四BP大小的区间可以与其它BP大小的区间使用相同的RBG大小,如表21、表22或表23所示:Similarly, the second, third, or fourth BP-sized interval can be designed to use the same RBG size as other BP-sized intervals, as shown in Table 21, Table 22, or Table 23:
表21Table 21
此时,可以使得第二个BP大小的区间可以与第一、第三、或第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第一个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,第三个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,第四个BP大小的区间可以与第二个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。In this case, the interval of the second BP size may be the same as the RBG size of the first, third, or fourth BP-sized interval; the first BP-sized interval may be the second BP-sized interval. The RBG size is the same, the third BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval, and the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the second BP size interval; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
表22Table 22
此时,可以使得第三个BP大小的区间可以与第一、第二、或第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,第一个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,第二个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同,第四个BP大小的区间可以与第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。At this time, the third BP-sized interval may be made the same as the RBG size of the first, second, or fourth BP-sized interval, and the first BP-sized interval may be the third BP-sized interval. The RBGs have the same size, the second BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval, and the fourth BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the third BP size interval; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
表23Table 23
此时,可以使得第四个BP大小的区间可以与第一、第二、或第三个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第一个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第二个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;第三个BP大小的区间可以与第四个BP大小的区间的RBG大小相同;降低在至少两个BWP区间的BWP带宽资源重叠的碎片概率。At this time, the fourth BP-sized interval may be made the same as the RBG size of the first, second, or third BP-sized interval; the first BP-sized interval may be the fourth BP-sized interval. The RBG size is the same; the second BP size interval may be the same as the RBG size of the fourth BP size interval; the third BP size interval may be the same as the fourth BP size interval RBG size; The probability of fragmentation of BWP bandwidth resources overlapping in BWP intervals.
以上表格中以表2或表3为例,描述了RBG大小的设计,以上实施例中任一种四行BP大小的区间划分可以替换以上表格中的所示的表2或表3的区间划分,即以上实施例中RBG大小的设计同样适用于以上实施例中给出的任一种BP大小的区间划分。In the above table, Table 2 or Table 3 is taken as an example to describe the design of the RBG size. The interval division of any of the four rows of BP size in the above embodiment may replace the interval division of Table 2 or Table 3 shown in the above table. That is, the design of the RBG size in the above embodiment is also applicable to the interval division of any BP size given in the above embodiment.
以上描述了划分为四行BP大小的区间的RBG大小的设计,划分为更多或更少行时,也可以遵循相同的设计思路。The above describes the design of the RBG size divided into four rows of BP-sized intervals. When dividing into more or fewer rows, the same design idea can be followed.
例如,RBG大小同样从【2,4,8,16】该范围内取值。可选的,至少两个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同;或者,至少三个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同;或者,至少四个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同。以划分为五行BP大小的区间,且至少两个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同为例,可以得到以下表格24,25,26或27,其中表格中配置1对应的取值是一种情况,配置2对应的取值可以包括多种情况,具体可以使用多种情况(case)中的一种。For example, the RBG size is also taken from the range [2, 4, 8, 16]. Optionally, at least two BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size; or, at least three BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size; or, at least four BP-sized intervals correspond to the same RBG size. For example, the following table 24, 25, 26 or 27 can be obtained by dividing the interval of five rows of BPs and the interval of at least two BP-sized segments corresponding to the same RBG size, wherein the value corresponding to the configuration 1 in the table is a case. The value corresponding to the configuration 2 may include a plurality of cases, and specifically, one of a plurality of cases may be used.
表24Table 24
表25Table 25
表26Table 26
表27Table 27
以划分为六行BP大小的区间,且至少两个BP大小的区间对应的RBG大小相同为例,可以得到以下表格28-30中的至少一个,其中表格中配置1对应的取值是一种情况,配置2对应的取值可以包括多种情况,具体可以使用多种情况(case)中的一种。For example, in the case where the RBG size corresponding to the interval of at least two BP sizes is the same, an at least one of the following Tables 28-30 can be obtained, wherein the value corresponding to the configuration 1 in the table is a type. In the case, the value corresponding to the configuration 2 may include a plurality of cases, and specifically, one of a plurality of cases may be used.
表28Table 28
表29Table 29
表30Table 30
在以上实施例中,以RBG大小从【2,4,8,16】该范围内取值为例,然而,本申请不以此为限,在以下实施例中,RBG大小可以从【2,3,4,6,8,12,16】该范围内取值,如此增加了RBG取值的灵活性。此外,增加3、6和12的取值选择,可以使得RBG大小与控制信道的控制信道元素(control channel element,CCE)大小相等,减少资源碎片化。In the above embodiment, the value is taken from the range of [2, 4, 8, 16] in the RBG size. However, the present application is not limited thereto. In the following embodiments, the RBG size may be from [2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16] takes values in this range, thus increasing the flexibility of RBG values. In addition, increasing the value selection of 3, 6, and 12 can make the RBG size equal to the control channel element (CCE) of the control channel, and reduce resource fragmentation.
请参考表31、32和33,其分别示出了一种BP大小的区间与RBG大小的对应关系的表格。Please refer to Tables 31, 32 and 33, which respectively show a table of the correspondence between BP-sized intervals and RBG sizes.
表31Table 31
表32Table 32
表33Table 33
可选的,当配置的1的在候选值中取了较大的值时,可以尽量使配置2对应的值小于配置1对应的值。Optionally, when the configured value of the candidate 1 takes a larger value, the value corresponding to the configuration 2 may be smaller than the value corresponding to the configuration 1.
可选的,配置1和配置2中针对一个BP大小的区间的取值可以相同,但至少要有一个BP大小的区间的取值是不同的。Optionally, the values of the interval for a BP size in Configuration 1 and Configuration 2 may be the same, but at least one BP-sized interval may have a different value.
可选的,一个BP大小的区间对应的配置2的取值尽量与其相邻的区间对应的配置1的取值相等。Optionally, the value of the configuration 2 corresponding to a BP-sized interval is equal to the value of the configuration 1 corresponding to the adjacent interval.
以上为划分为四行BP大小的区间的例子,下面给出划分为五行或六行BP大小的区间的示例,其在RBG大小的设计上可以同样遵循以上原则。如表34、35或36所示:The above is an example of a section divided into four rows of BP sizes, and an example of a section divided into five rows or six rows of BP sizes is given below, which can also follow the above principles in the design of the RBG size. As shown in Table 34, 35 or 36:
表34Table 34
表35Table 35
表36Table 36
以上对于BP的带宽和RBG大小的集合的对应关系的设计仅为举例,并非用以限制本申请,且在不同BP的带宽划分方式下的RBG大小的设计可以互相借鉴。The design of the correspondence between the bandwidth of the BP and the set of RBG sizes is only an example, and is not intended to limit the application, and the design of the RBG size in the bandwidth division mode of different BPs can be used for reference.
上述主要从终端和网络设备交互的角度对本发明实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,终端和网络设备为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。结合本发明中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本发明实施例能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。本领域技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同的方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明实施例的技术方案的范围。The solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is mainly introduced from the perspective of the interaction between the terminal and the network device. It can be understood that the terminal and the network device include corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing the respective functions in order to implement the above functions. The embodiments of the present invention can be implemented in a combination of hardware or hardware and computer software in combination with the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is implemented in hardware or computer software to drive hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention.
本发明实施例可以根据上述方法示例对终端和网络设备进行功能单元的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能单元,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一 个处理单元中。上述集成的单元既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能单元的形式实现。The embodiments of the present invention may divide the functional units of the terminal and the network device according to the foregoing method. For example, each functional unit may be divided according to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing unit. The above integrated unit can be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of a software functional unit.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图21示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定RBG大小的装置100的结构示意图,该确定RBG大小的装置100可应用于网络设备。参阅图21所示,确定RBG大小的装置100包括处理单元101和发送单元102。FIG. 21 is a schematic structural diagram of an
一种可能的设计中,处理单元101用于确定资源块组RBG大小的集合,所述RBG大小的集合包括至少一种RBG大小,并确定所述集合中的第一RBG大小,采用所述第一RBG大小为终端分配资源。In a possible design, the
一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元101可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG大小的集合。例如可采用如下方式之一或组合确定RBG大小的集合:In a possible implementation manner, the
根据控制信道格式、控制信道内容、和控制信道的加扰信息中的至少一个,确定RBG大小的集合;根据所分配的资源承载的信息,确定RBG大小的集合,所述信息包括系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息和组信息中的至少一种;根据所分配的资源所在的带宽部分BP的信息,确定RBG大小的集合,所述BP的信息包括带宽部分的带宽信息、带宽部分的载频信息、带宽部分的帧结构信息中的至少一个;根据信道特征,确定RBG大小的集合;根据业务特征,确定RBG大小的集合。Determining, according to at least one of a control channel format, a control channel content, and a scrambling information of a control channel, a set of RBG sizes; determining, according to the allocated information of the resource bearer, a set of RBG sizes, where the information includes system information, broadcast At least one of information, cell level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information; determining a set of RBG sizes according to information of a bandwidth portion BP in which the allocated resources are located, where the information of the BP includes bandwidth of a bandwidth portion At least one of information, carrier frequency information of the bandwidth portion, and frame structure information of the bandwidth portion; determining a set of RBG sizes according to the channel characteristics; and determining a set of RBG sizes according to the service characteristics.
其中,处理单元101可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小的集合。The
其中,处理单元101可采用协议预定义的方式确定RBG大小的集合,或采用信令通知的方式确定RBG大小的集合。The
另一种可能的设计中,处理单元101可用于确定RBG大小。其中,处理单元可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。例如,采用如下方式之一或组合确定RBG的大小:In another possible design, the
根据控制信道格式、控制信道内容、和控制信道的加扰信息中的至少一个,确定RBG的大小;根据所分配的资源承载的信息,确定RBG的大小,所述信息包括系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息和组信息中的至少一种;根据所分配的资源所在的带宽部分BP的信息,确定RBG的大小,所述BP的信息包括带宽部分的带宽信息、带宽部分的载频信息、带宽部分的帧结构信息中的至少一个;根据信道特征,确定RBG大小的集合;根据业务特征,确定RBG的大小。Determining a size of the RBG according to at least one of a control channel format, a control channel content, and a scrambling information of the control channel; determining, according to the information of the allocated resource bearer, the system information, the broadcast information, At least one of cell-level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information; determining an RBG size according to information of a bandwidth portion BP where the allocated resource is located, where the information of the BP includes bandwidth information and bandwidth of the bandwidth portion And at least one of part of the carrier frequency information and the frame structure information of the bandwidth portion; determining a set of RBG sizes according to the channel characteristics; and determining a size of the RBG according to the service feature.
其中,处理单元101可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。The
其中,处理单元101可采用协议预定义的方式确定RBG的大小,或采用信令通知的方式确定RBG的大小。The
一种可能的设计中,发送单元102,用于向终端发送指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一RBG的大小。In a possible design, the sending
进一步的,发送单元102,还用于:向终端发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示RBG大小的集合。Further, the sending
一种可能的实施方式中,处理单元101还用于确定所分配的资源所在的BP的子集。In a possible implementation, the
其中,处理单元101可根据子集信息确定所分配的资源所在的BP的子集。具体的,子集信息可以包括子集的大小,子集的资源划分方法,子集个数,调度子集信息中的至少一项。The
其中,处理单元101可根据所述第一RBG的大小,确定所分配的资源所在的BP的子集的大小。The
进一步的,处理单元101还用于确定BP的子集是否连续,所述BP的子集包括多个连续或非连续的资源块RB。其中,BP的子集是否连续可以是协议预定义的,也可采用信令通知的方式确定。Further, the
另一种可能的设计中,处理单元101还用于确定RBG是否连续,RBG中包括的RB可以是连续的或非连续的。其中,非连续RBG中的RB的间隔可以是协议预定义的,也可以采用信令通知的方式确定。In another possible design, the
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,确定RBG大小的装置100所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions, and other steps related to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application are determined by referring to the foregoing method or other embodiments. The description of these contents is not described here.
在采用集成的单元的情况下,图22示出了本申请实施例提供的一种确定RBG大小的装置200的结构示意图,该确定RBG大小的装置200可应用于终端。参阅图22所示,确定RBG大小的装置200包括处理单元201和接收单元202。FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of an
一种可能的设计中,处理单元201,用于确定资源块组RBG大小的集合,所述RBG大小的集合包括至少一种RBG大小,并确定所述集合中的第一RBG大小,根据所述第一RBG大小,确定网络设备为所述终端分配的资源。In a possible design, the
其中,处理单元201可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG大小的集合。例如可采用用如下方式之一或组合,确定RBG大小的集合:The
根据控制信道格式、控制信道内容、和控制信道的加扰信息中的至少一个,确定RBG大小的集合;根据网络设备所分配的资源承载的信息,确定RBG大小的集合,所述信息包括系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息、组信息中的至少一种;根据网络设备所分配的资源所在的带宽部分BP的信息,确定RBG大小的集合,所述BP的信息包括带宽部分的带宽信息、带宽部分的载频信息、带宽部分的帧结构信息中的至少一个。Determining, according to at least one of a control channel format, a control channel content, and a scrambling information of a control channel, a set of RBG sizes; determining, according to information of resource bearers allocated by the network device, a set of RBG sizes, where the information includes system information At least one of broadcast information, cell-level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information; determining a set of RBG sizes according to information of a bandwidth portion BP where the resource allocated by the network device is located, where the information of the BP includes At least one of bandwidth information of the bandwidth portion, carrier frequency information of the bandwidth portion, and frame structure information of the bandwidth portion.
其中,处理单元201可预设各控制信道信息、各信号传输特征、各BP、各信道特征、各系统带宽信息、各业务特征等各自对应的RBG大小的集合。The
其中,处理单元201可采用协议预定义的方式确定RBG大小的集合,或采用信令通知的方式确定RBG大小的集合。The
另一种可能的设计中,处理单元201可用于确定RBG大小。其中,处理单元可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。例如,采用如下方式之一或组合确定RBG的大小:In another possible design, processing
根据控制信道格式、控制信道内容、和控制信道的加扰信息中的至少一个,确定 RBG的大小;根据所分配的资源承载的信息,确定RBG的大小,所述信息包括系统信息、广播信息、小区级信息、公共信息、用户专用信息和组信息中的至少一种;根据所分配的资源所在的带宽部分BP的信息,确定RBG的大小,所述BP的信息包括带宽部分的带宽信息、带宽部分的载频信息、带宽部分的帧结构信息中的至少一个;根据信道特征,确定RBG大小的集合;根据业务特征,确定RBG的大小。Determining a size of the RBG according to at least one of a control channel format, a control channel content, and a scrambling information of the control channel; determining, according to the information of the allocated resource bearer, the system information, the broadcast information, At least one of cell-level information, public information, user-specific information, and group information; determining an RBG size according to information of a bandwidth portion BP where the allocated resource is located, where the information of the BP includes bandwidth information and bandwidth of the bandwidth portion And at least one of part of the carrier frequency information and the frame structure information of the bandwidth portion; determining a set of RBG sizes according to the channel characteristics; and determining a size of the RBG according to the service feature.
其中,处理单元201可根据控制信道信息、信号传输特征、BP的信息、信道特征、系统带宽信息、业务特征等中的至少一项,确定RBG的大小。The
其中,处理单元201可采用协议预定义的方式确定RBG的大小,或采用信令通知的方式确定RBG的大小。The
一种可能的设计中,接收单元202用于接收网络设备发送的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述第一RBG的大小。处理单元201可根据所述接收单元202接收的指示信息,确定所述集合中的第一RBG的大小。In a possible design, the receiving
进一步的,接收单元202还用于接收网络设备发送的配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示RBG大小的集合。处理单元201可根据所述接收单元202接收的配置信息,确定RBG大小的集合。Further, the receiving
另一种可能的设计中,处理单元202还可确定网络设备所分配的资源所在的BP的子集。所述BP的子集包括多个连续或非连续的资源块RB。In another possible design, processing
其中,处理单元201可根据子集信息确定所分配的资源所在的BP的子集。具体的,子集信息可以包括子集的大小,子集的资源划分方法,子集个数,调度子集信息中的至少一项。The
其中,处理单元201可根据第一RBG的大小,确定网络设备所分配的资源所在的BP的子集的大小。The
进一步的,处理单元201还用于确定BP的子集是否连续,所述BP的子集包括多个连续或非连续的资源块RB。其中,BP的子集是否连续可以是协议预定义的,也可采用信令通知的方式确定。Further, the
另一种可能的设计中,处理单元201还用于确定RBG是否连续,RBG中包括的RB可以是连续的或非连续的。其中,非连续RBG中的RB的间隔可以是协议预定义的,也可以采用信令通知的方式确定。In another possible design, the
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,确定RBG大小的装置200所涉及的与本申请实施例提供的技术方案相关的概念,解释和详细说明及其他步骤请参见前述方法或其他实施例中关于这些内容的描述,此处不做赘述。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the concepts, explanations, detailed descriptions, and other steps related to the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application are determined by referring to the foregoing method or other embodiments. The description of these contents is not described here.
应理解,以上确定RBG大小的装置100和确定RBG大小的装置200的各个单元的划分仅仅是一种逻辑功能的划分,实际实现时可以全部或部分集成到一个物理实体上,也可以物理上分开。且这些单元可以全部以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现;也可以全部以硬件的形式实现;还可以部分单元以软件通过处理元件调用的形式实现,部分单元以硬件的形式实现。例如,处理单元可以为单独设立的处理元件,也可以集成在网络设备或终端的某一个芯片中实现,此外,也可以以程序的形式存储于网络设备或终端的存储器中,由网络设备或终端的某一个处理元件调用并执行该单元的功能。其它单元的实现与之类似。此外这些单元全部或部分可以集成在一起,也可以独立实 现。这里所述的处理元件可以是一种集成电路,具有信号的处理能力。在实现过程中,上述方法的各步骤或以上各个单元可以通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路或者软件形式的指令完成。此外,以上接收单元是一种控制接收的单元,可以通过终端的接收装置,例如天线和射频装置接收网络设备发送的信息。以上发送单元是一种控制发送的单元,可以通过网络设备的发送装置,例如天线和射频装置向终端发送信息。It should be understood that the foregoing division of the
例如,以上这些单元可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。再如,当以上某个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现时,该处理元件可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU)或其它可以调用程序的处理器。再如,这些单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现。For example, the above units may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above methods, such as one or more Application Specific Integrated Circuits (ASICs), or one or more microprocessors (digital) Singnal processor (DSP), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA). As another example, when one of the above units is implemented in the form of a processing component scheduler, the processing element can be a general purpose processor, such as a central processing unit (CPU) or other processor that can invoke the program. As another example, these units can be integrated and implemented in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC).
请参考图23,其为本申请实施例提供的一种网络设备的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的网络设备,用于实现以上实施例中网络设备的操作。如图23所示,该网络设备包括:天线110、射频装置120、基带装置130。天线110与射频装置120连接。在上行方向上,射频装置120通过天线110接收终端发送的信息,将终端发送的信息发送给基带装置130进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置130对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置120,射频装置120对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线110发送给终端。Please refer to FIG. 23 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a network device according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the network device in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the network device in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 23, the network device includes an
基带装置130可以为物理上的一个装置,也可以包括物理上分开的至少两个装置,例如包括CU和至少一个DU。其中DU可以和射频装置120集成在一个装置内,也可以物理上分开。对于基带装置130在物理上分开的至少两个装置之间在协议层上的划分不做限制,例如,基带装置130用于执行RRC,分组数据聚合层(Packet Data Convergence Protocol,PDCP)、无线链路控制(Radio link Control,RLC)层、MAC(Media Access Control,媒体接入控制)和物理层等协议层的处理,可以在任意两个协议层之间划分,使得基带装置包括物理上分开的两个装置,分别用于进行各自负责的协议层的处理。例如,在RRC和PDCP之间划分,再如,可以在PDCP和RLC之间划分等。此外,也可以在协议层内划分,例如将某个协议层部分和该协议层以上的协议层划分在一个装置中,该协议层剩余部分和该协议层以下的协议层划分在另一个装置中。以上确定RBG大小的装置100可以位于基带装置130的物理上分开的至少两个装置中的一个装置上。The
网络设备可以包括多个基带板,基带板上可以集成多个处理元件,以实现所需要的功能。基带装置130可以包括至少一个基带板,以上确定RBG大小的装置100可以位于基带装置130,在一种实现中,图21所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基带装置130包括处理元件131和存储元件132,处理元件131调用存储元件132存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的方法。此外,该基带装置130还可以包括接口133,用于与射频装置120交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,CPRI),当基带装置130与射频装置120物理上布置在一起时,该接口可以为板内接口,或板间接口,这里的板是指电路 板。The network device can include a plurality of baseband boards on which a plurality of processing elements can be integrated to achieve the desired functionality. The
在另一种实现中,图21所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上网络设备执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置130上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 21 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the network device above, the processing elements being disposed on the
例如,图21所示的各个单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置130包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件111和存储元件132,由处理元件131调用存储元件132的存储的程序的形式实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图21所示各个单元的功能。或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上网络设备执行的方法或图21所示各个单元的功能。或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。For example, the various units shown in FIG. 21 can be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上用于网络设备的确定RBG大小的装置100包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的网络设备执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中网络设备执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
请参考图24,其为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图。其可以为以上实施例中的终端,用于实现以上实施例中终端的操作。如图24所示,该终端包括:天线210、射频装置220、基带装置230。天线210与射频装置220连接。在下行方向上,射频装置220通过天线210接收网络设备发送的信息,将网络设备发送的信息发送给基带装置230进行处理。在上行方向上,基带装置230对终端的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置220,射频装置220对终端的信息进行处理后经过天线210发送给网络设备。Please refer to FIG. 24 , which is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal according to an embodiment of the present application. It can be the terminal in the above embodiment, and is used to implement the operation of the terminal in the above embodiment. As shown in FIG. 24, the terminal includes an
基带装置可以包括调制解调子系统,用于实现对数据各通信协议层的处理。还可以包括中央处理子系统,用于实现对终端操作系统以及应用层的处理。此外,还可以包括其它子系统,例如多媒体子系统,周边子系统等,其中多媒体子系统用于实现对终端相机,屏幕显示等的控制,周边子系统用于实现与其它设备的连接。调制解调子系统可以为单独设置的芯片,可选的,以上确定RBG大小的装置200便可以在该调制解调子系统上实现。The baseband device can include a modem subsystem for effecting processing of the various communication protocol layers of the data. A central processing subsystem may also be included for implementing processing of the terminal operating system and the application layer. In addition, other subsystems, such as a multimedia subsystem, a peripheral subsystem, etc., may be included, wherein the multimedia subsystem is used to implement control of the terminal camera, screen display, etc., and the peripheral subsystem is used to implement connection with other devices. The modem subsystem may be a separately provided chip. Alternatively, the
在一种实现中,图22所示的各个单元通过处理元件调度程序的形式实现,例如基 带装置230的某个子系统,例如调制解调子系统,包括处理元件231和存储元件232,处理元件231调用存储元件232存储的程序,以执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的方法。此外,该基带装置230还可以包括接口233,用于与射频装置220交互信息。In one implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 22 are implemented in the form of a processing element scheduler, such as a subsystem of
在另一种实现中,图22所示的各个单元可以是被配置成实施以上终端执行的方法的一个或多个处理元件,这些处理元件设置于基带装置230的某个子系统上,例如调制解调子系统上,这里的处理元件可以为集成电路,例如:一个或多个ASIC,或,一个或多个DSP,或,一个或者多个FPGA等。这些集成电路可以集成在一起,构成芯片。In another implementation, the various units shown in FIG. 22 may be one or more processing elements configured to implement the methods performed by the above terminals, the processing elements being disposed on a subsystem of the
例如,图22所示的各个单元可以集成在一起,以片上系统(system-on-a-chip,SOC)的形式实现,例如,基带装置230包括SOC芯片,用于实现以上方法。该芯片内可以集成处理元件231和存储元件232,由处理元件231调用存储元件232的存储的程序的形式实现以上终端执行的方法或图22所示各个单元的功能;或者,该芯片内可以集成至少一个集成电路,用于实现以上终端执行的方法或图22所示各个单元的功能;或者,可以结合以上实现方式,部分单元的功能通过处理元件调用程序的形式实现,部分单元的功能通过集成电路的形式实现。For example, the various units shown in FIG. 22 may be integrated together in the form of a system-on-a-chip (SOC), for example, the
不管采用何种方式,总之,以上用于终端的确定RBG大小的装置200包括至少一个处理元件和存储元件,其中至少一个处理元件用于执行以上方法实施例所提供的终端执行的方法。处理元件可以以第一种方式:即执行存储元件存储的程序的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤;也可以以第二种方式:即通过处理器元件中的硬件的集成逻辑电路结合指令的方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤;当然,也可以结合第一种方式和第二种方式执行以上方法实施例中终端执行的部分或全部步骤。Regardless of the manner, in summary, the
这里的处理元件同以上描述,可以是通用处理器,例如中央处理器(Central Processing Unit,CPU),还可以是被配置成实施以上方法的一个或多个集成电路,例如:一个或多个特定集成电路(Application Specific Integrated Circuit,ASIC),或,一个或多个微处理器(digital singnal processor,DSP),或,一个或者多个现场可编程门阵列(Field Programmable Gate Array,FPGA)等。The processing elements herein are the same as described above, and may be a general purpose processor, such as a Central Processing Unit (CPU), or may be one or more integrated circuits configured to implement the above method, for example: one or more specific An Application Specific Integrated Circuit (ASIC), or one or more digital singnal processors (DSPs), or one or more Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs).
存储元件可以是一个存储器,也可以是多个存储元件的统称。The storage element can be a memory or a collective name for a plurality of storage elements.
根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本发明实施例还提供一种通信系统,其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多于一个终端。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the embodiment of the present invention further provides a communication system, including the foregoing network device and one or more terminals.
本申请实施例还提供一种确定RBG大小的装置,应用于网络设备或终端,包括用于执行以上方法实施例的至少一个处理元件(或芯片)。The embodiment of the present application further provides an apparatus for determining an RBG size, which is applied to a network device or a terminal, and includes at least one processing element (or chip) for performing the foregoing method embodiments.
本申请提供一种确定RBG大小的程序,该程序在被处理器执行时用于执行以上实施例的方法。The present application provides a program for determining the size of an RBG that, when executed by a processor, is used to perform the method of the above embodiments.
本申请还提供一种程序产品,例如计算机可读存储介质,包括上述涉及的确定RBG大小的程序。The present application also provides a program product, such as a computer readable storage medium, including the above-described procedures for determining the size of an RBG.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本申请实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本申请实施例可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本申请实施例可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算 机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present application can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Therefore, the embodiments of the present application may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or an embodiment combining software and hardware. Moreover, embodiments of the present application can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本申请实施例是参照根据本申请实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。Embodiments of the present application are described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, devices (systems), and computer program products according to embodiments of the present application. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present invention.
Claims (44)
Priority Applications (12)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| AU2018284887A AU2018284887B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| CN201880040139.5A CN111052695B (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and device for determining size of resource block group |
| JP2019569702A JP7028519B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Methods and equipment for determining resource block group size |
| RU2020100868A RU2771351C2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and device for determining size of resource block group |
| KR1020207000998A KR102372581B1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| BR112019026619-4A BR112019026619A2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | method and apparatus for determining group size of resource blocks |
| EP21156732.6A EP3890259B1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| EP18818607.6A EP3547629B1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| ES18818607T ES2882800T3 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining the pool size of resource blocks |
| US16/235,757 US10742386B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-28 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| US16/851,981 US11329792B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2020-04-17 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
| US17/658,393 US11582013B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2022-04-07 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN201710459135.8 | 2017-06-16 | ||
| CN201710459135 | 2017-06-16 | ||
| CN201711149071.8A CN109150785B (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2017-11-17 | Method and device for determining size of resource block group |
| CN201711149071.8 | 2017-11-17 |
Related Child Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| US16/235,757 Continuation US10742386B2 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-12-28 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2018228565A1 true WO2018228565A1 (en) | 2018-12-20 |
Family
ID=64658951
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2018/091658 Ceased WO2018228565A1 (en) | 2017-06-16 | 2018-06-15 | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size |
Country Status (1)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| WO (1) | WO2018228565A1 (en) |
Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102238627A (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2011-11-09 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Resource allocating method and device of downlink shared channel |
| WO2016053450A1 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2016-04-07 | Intel IP Corporation | Downlink control information (dci) design for lte devices |
| CN105636211A (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2016-06-01 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Resource allocation indication method and indication device, base station and terminal |
-
2018
- 2018-06-15 WO PCT/CN2018/091658 patent/WO2018228565A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN102238627A (en) * | 2010-05-05 | 2011-11-09 | 电信科学技术研究院 | Resource allocating method and device of downlink shared channel |
| WO2016053450A1 (en) * | 2014-10-03 | 2016-04-07 | Intel IP Corporation | Downlink control information (dci) design for lte devices |
| CN105636211A (en) * | 2015-06-30 | 2016-06-01 | 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 | Resource allocation indication method and indication device, base station and terminal |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See also references of EP3547629A4 * |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| CN109150785B (en) | Method and device for determining size of resource block group | |
| CN109392141B (en) | A method, device and system for adjusting frequency domain resources and sending indication information | |
| WO2019015590A1 (en) | Transmission method and device thereof | |
| CN106717091A (en) | System and method for communicating resource allocation for D2D | |
| US11490387B2 (en) | Communication method and communications apparatus | |
| WO2018202163A1 (en) | Resource indication method and device | |
| WO2021142802A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information | |
| WO2023134606A1 (en) | Data transmission method and apparatus, and storage medium, terminal device and network device | |
| WO2021244299A1 (en) | Communication method and communication device | |
| WO2021129229A1 (en) | Communication method and apparatus | |
| WO2020199609A1 (en) | Method and device for communication | |
| WO2019129253A1 (en) | Communication method and device | |
| WO2020034226A1 (en) | Downlink control information transmission method and apparatus | |
| CN114828086B (en) | A data transmission method and a communication device | |
| EP4007410B1 (en) | Resource allocation method and device, and resource determination method and device | |
| WO2023005679A1 (en) | Resource allocation method, communication apparatus, and communication device | |
| WO2023205954A1 (en) | Sidelink communication method, terminal device, and network device | |
| WO2018228565A1 (en) | Method and apparatus for determining resource block group size | |
| WO2022141629A1 (en) | Resource determination method, first terminal device, and second terminal device | |
| WO2024011632A1 (en) | Resource configuration method and apparatus, device, and storage medium | |
| WO2024031233A1 (en) | Communication method and terminal device | |
| WO2024065762A1 (en) | Wireless communication method and terminal device |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 18818607 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2018818607 Country of ref document: EP Effective date: 20190628 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2019569702 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| REG | Reference to national code |
Ref country code: BR Ref legal event code: B01A Ref document number: 112019026619 Country of ref document: BR |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20207000998 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2018284887 Country of ref document: AU Date of ref document: 20180615 Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 112019026619 Country of ref document: BR Kind code of ref document: A2 Effective date: 20191213 |
|
| WWG | Wipo information: grant in national office |
Ref document number: 201880040139.5 Country of ref document: CN |